MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 18: read word by word, with audio

Juz 18 of 30 · begins with قَدْ أَفْلَحَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ · 202 verses

It covers Surah Al-Mu'minun verses 1–118, Surah An-Nur verses 1–64 and Surah Al-Furqan verses 1–20. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Al-Mu'minun 1 · An-Nur 1 · Al-Furqan 1

Surah Al-Mu'minun المؤمنون verses 1–118

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

قَدْ أَفْلَحَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration qad aflaḥa l-mu'minūna

English Certainly will the believers have succeeded:

  1. قَدْqadIndeed
  2. أَفْلَحَaflaḥasuccessful
  3. ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَl-mu'minūna(are) the believers

Verse 2

ٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ فِى صَلَاتِهِمْ خَـٰشِعُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna hum fī ṣalātihim khāshiʿūna

English They who are during their prayer humbly intent

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. فِىfīduring
  4. صَلَاتِهِمْṣalātihimtheir prayers
  5. خَـٰشِعُونَkhāshiʿūna(are) humbly submissive

Verse 3

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ عَنِ ٱللَّغْوِ مُعْرِضُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum ʿani l-laghwi muʿ'riḍūna

English And they who turn away from ill speech

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaThose who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. عَنِʿanifrom
  4. ٱللَّغْوِl-laghwithe vain talk
  5. مُعْرِضُونَmuʿ'riḍūnaturn away

Verse 4

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِلزَّكَوٰةِ فَـٰعِلُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum lilzzakati fāʿilūna

English And they who are observant of zakāh

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaThose who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. لِلزَّكَوٰةِlilzzakatiof purification works
  4. فَـٰعِلُونَfāʿilūna(are) doers

Verse 5

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِفُرُوجِهِمْ حَـٰفِظُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum lifurūjihim ḥāfiẓūna

English And they who guard their private parts

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. لِفُرُوجِهِمْlifurūjihimof their modesty
  4. حَـٰفِظُونَḥāfiẓūna(are) guardians

Verse 6

إِلَّا عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِهِمْ أَوْ مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ غَيْرُ مَلُومِينَ

Transliteration illā ʿalā azwājihim aw mā malakat aymānuhum fa-innahum ghayru malūmīna

English Except from their wives or those their right hands possess, for indeed, they will not be blamed -

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāfrom
  3. أَزْوَٰجِهِمْazwājihimtheir spouses
  4. أَوْawor
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. مَلَكَتْmalakatpossess
  7. أَيْمَـٰنُهُمْaymānuhumtheir right hands
  8. فَإِنَّهُمْfa-innahumthen indeed, they
  9. غَيْرُghayru(are) not
  10. مَلُومِينَmalūmīnablameworthy

Verse 7

فَمَنِ ٱبْتَغَىٰ وَرَآءَ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْعَادُونَ

Transliteration famani ib'taghā warāa dhālika fa-ulāika humu l-ʿādūna

English But whoever seeks beyond that, then those are the transgressors -

  1. فَمَنِfamaniThen whoever
  2. ٱبْتَغَىٰib'taghāseeks
  3. وَرَآءَwarāabeyond
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  5. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  6. هُمُhumu[they]
  7. ٱلْعَادُونَl-ʿādūna(are) the transgressors

Verse 8

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِأَمَـٰنَـٰتِهِمْ وَعَهْدِهِمْ رَٰعُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum li-amānātihim waʿahdihim rāʿūna

English And they who are to their trusts and their promises attentive

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. لِأَمَـٰنَـٰتِهِمْli-amānātihimof their trusts
  4. وَعَهْدِهِمْwaʿahdihimand their promise(s)
  5. رَٰعُونَrāʿūna(are) observers

Verse 9

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَوَٰتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum ʿalā ṣalawātihim yuḥāfiẓūna

English And they who carefully maintain their prayers -

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. هُمْhum[they]
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  4. صَلَوَٰتِهِمْṣalawātihimtheir prayers
  5. يُحَافِظُونَyuḥāfiẓūnathey guard

Verse 10

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْوَٰرِثُونَ

Transliteration ulāika humu l-wārithūna

English Those are the inheritors

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. هُمُhumu[they]
  3. ٱلْوَٰرِثُونَl-wārithūna(are) the inheritors

Verse 11

ٱلَّذِينَ يَرِثُونَ ٱلْفِرْدَوْسَ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yarithūna l-fir'dawsa hum fīhā khālidūna

English Who will inherit al-Firdaus. They will abide therein eternally.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaWho
  2. يَرِثُونَyarithūnawill inherit
  3. ٱلْفِرْدَوْسَl-fir'dawsathe Paradise
  4. هُمْhumThey
  5. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  6. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūna(will) abide forever

Verse 12

وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ مِن سُلَـٰلَةٍ مِّن طِينٍ

Transliteration walaqad khalaqnā l-insāna min sulālatin min ṭīnin

English And certainly did We create man from an extract of clay.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe created
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insānathe humankind
  4. مِنminfrom
  5. سُلَـٰلَةٍۢsulālatinan essence
  6. مِّنminof
  7. طِينٍۢṭīninclay

Verse 13

ثُمَّ جَعَلْنَـٰهُ نُطْفَةً فِى قَرَارٍ مَّكِينٍ

Transliteration thumma jaʿalnāhu nuṭ'fatan fī qarārin makīnin

English Then We placed him as a sperm-drop in a firm lodging [i.e., the womb].

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. جَعَلْنَـٰهُjaʿalnāhuWe placed him
  3. نُطْفَةًۭnuṭ'fatan(as) a semen-drop
  4. فِىfīin
  5. قَرَارٍۢqarārina resting place
  6. مَّكِينٍۢmakīninfirm

Verse 14

ثُمَّ خَلَقْنَا ٱلنُّطْفَةَ عَلَقَةً فَخَلَقْنَا ٱلْعَلَقَةَ مُضْغَةً فَخَلَقْنَا ٱلْمُضْغَةَ عِظَـٰمًا فَكَسَوْنَا ٱلْعِظَـٰمَ لَحْمًا ثُمَّ أَنشَأْنَـٰهُ خَلْقًا ءَاخَرَ ۚ فَتَبَارَكَ ٱللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ ٱلْخَـٰلِقِينَ

Transliteration thumma khalaqnā l-nuṭ'fata ʿalaqatan fakhalaqnā l-ʿalaqata muḍ'ghatan fakhalaqnā l-muḍ'ghata ʿiẓāman fakasawnā l-ʿiẓāma laḥman thumma anshanāhu khalqan ākhara fatabāraka l-lahu aḥsanu l-khāliqīna

English Then We made the sperm-drop into a clinging clot, and We made the clot into a lump [of flesh], and We made [from] the lump, bones, and We covered the bones with flesh; then We developed him into another creation. So blessed is Allāh, the best of creators.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe created
  3. ٱلنُّطْفَةَl-nuṭ'fatathe semen-drop
  4. عَلَقَةًۭʿalaqatan(into) a clinging substance
  5. فَخَلَقْنَاfakhalaqnāthen We created
  6. ٱلْعَلَقَةَl-ʿalaqatathe clinging substance
  7. مُضْغَةًۭmuḍ'ghatan(into) an embryonic lump
  8. فَخَلَقْنَاfakhalaqnāthen We created
  9. ٱلْمُضْغَةَl-muḍ'ghatathe embryonic lump
  10. عِظَـٰمًۭاʿiẓāman(into) bones
  11. فَكَسَوْنَاfakasawnāthen We clothed
  12. ٱلْعِظَـٰمَl-ʿiẓāmathe bones
  13. لَحْمًۭاlaḥman(with) flesh
  14. ثُمَّthummathen
  15. أَنشَأْنَـٰهُanshanāhuWe produce it
  16. خَلْقًاkhalqan(as) a creation
  17. ءَاخَرَ ۚākharaanother
  18. فَتَبَارَكَfatabārakaSo blessed is
  19. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  20. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(the) Best
  21. ٱلْخَـٰلِقِينَl-khāliqīna(of) the Creators

Verse 15

ثُمَّ إِنَّكُم بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ لَمَيِّتُونَ

Transliteration thumma innakum baʿda dhālika lamayyitūna

English Then indeed, after that you are to die.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّكُمinnakumindeed, you
  3. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  4. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  5. لَمَيِّتُونَlamayyitūnasurely (will) die

Verse 16

ثُمَّ إِنَّكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ تُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration thumma innakum yawma l-qiyāmati tub'ʿathūna

English Then indeed you, on the Day of Resurrection, will be resurrected.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
  3. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  5. تُبْعَثُونَtub'ʿathūnawill be resurrected

Verse 17

وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَا فَوْقَكُمْ سَبْعَ طَرَآئِقَ وَمَا كُنَّا عَنِ ٱلْخَلْقِ غَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration walaqad khalaqnā fawqakum sabʿa ṭarāiqa wamā kunnā ʿani l-khalqi ghāfilīna

English And We have created above you seven layered heavens, and never have We been of [Our] creation unaware.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd indeed
  2. خَلَقْنَاkhalaqnāWe (have) created
  3. فَوْقَكُمْfawqakumabove you
  4. سَبْعَsabʿaseven
  5. طَرَآئِقَṭarāiqapaths
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. كُنَّاkunnāWe are
  8. عَنِʿaniof
  9. ٱلْخَلْقِl-khalqithe creation
  10. غَـٰفِلِينَghāfilīnaunaware

Verse 18

وَأَنزَلْنَا مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءًۢ بِقَدَرٍ فَأَسْكَنَّـٰهُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَإِنَّا عَلَىٰ ذَهَابٍۭ بِهِۦ لَقَـٰدِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-anzalnā mina l-samāi māan biqadarin fa-askannāhu fī l-arḍi wa-innā ʿalā dhahābin bihi laqādirūna

English And We have sent down rain from the sky in a measured amount and settled it in the earth. And indeed, We are Able to take it away.

  1. وَأَنزَلْنَاwa-anzalnāAnd We send down
  2. مِنَminafrom
  3. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāithe sky
  4. مَآءًۢmāanwater
  5. بِقَدَرٍۢbiqadarinin (due) measure
  6. فَأَسْكَنَّـٰهُfa-askannāhuthen We cause it to settle
  7. فِىfīin
  8. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖl-arḍithe earth
  9. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, We
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  11. ذَهَابٍۭdhahābintaking it away
  12. بِهِۦbihitaking it away
  13. لَقَـٰدِرُونَlaqādirūnasurely (are) Able

Verse 19

فَأَنشَأْنَا لَكُم بِهِۦ جَنَّـٰتٍ مِّن نَّخِيلٍ وَأَعْنَـٰبٍ لَّكُمْ فِيهَا فَوَٰكِهُ كَثِيرَةٌ وَمِنْهَا تَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration fa-anshanā lakum bihi jannātin min nakhīlin wa-aʿnābin lakum fīhā fawākihu kathīratun wamin'hā takulūna

English And We brought forth for you thereby gardens of palm trees and grapevines in which for you are abundant fruits and from which you eat.

  1. فَأَنشَأْنَاfa-anshanāThen We produced
  2. لَكُمlakumfor you
  3. بِهِۦbihiby it
  4. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  5. مِّنminof date-palms
  6. نَّخِيلٍۢnakhīlinof date-palms
  7. وَأَعْنَـٰبٍۢwa-aʿnābinand grapevines
  8. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  9. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  10. فَوَٰكِهُfawākihu(are) fruits
  11. كَثِيرَةٌۭkathīratunabundant
  12. وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand from them
  13. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou eat

Verse 20

وَشَجَرَةً تَخْرُجُ مِن طُورِ سَيْنَآءَ تَنۢبُتُ بِٱلدُّهْنِ وَصِبْغٍ لِّلْـَٔاكِلِينَ

Transliteration washajaratan takhruju min ṭūri saynāa tanbutu bil-duh'ni waṣib'ghin lil'ākilīna

English And [We brought forth] a tree issuing from Mount Sinai which produces oil and food [i.e., olives] for those who eat.

  1. وَشَجَرَةًۭwashajaratanAnd a tree
  2. تَخْرُجُtakhruju(that) springs forth
  3. مِنminfrom
  4. طُورِṭūriMount Sinai
  5. سَيْنَآءَsaynāaMount Sinai
  6. تَنۢبُتُtanbutu(which) produces
  7. بِٱلدُّهْنِbil-duh'nioil
  8. وَصِبْغٍۢwaṣib'ghinand a relish
  9. لِّلْـَٔاكِلِينَlil'ākilīnafor those who eat

Verse 21

وَإِنَّ لَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِ لَعِبْرَةً ۖ نُّسْقِيكُم مِّمَّا فِى بُطُونِهَا وَلَكُمْ فِيهَا مَنَـٰفِعُ كَثِيرَةٌ وَمِنْهَا تَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration wa-inna lakum fī l-anʿāmi laʿib'ratan nus'qīkum mimmā fī buṭūnihā walakum fīhā manāfiʿu kathīratun wamin'hā takulūna

English And indeed, for you in livestock is a lesson. We give you drink from that which is in their bellies, and for you in them are numerous benefits, and from them you eat.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْأَنْعَـٰمِl-anʿāmithe cattle
  5. لَعِبْرَةًۭ ۖlaʿib'ratansurely, (is) a lesson
  6. نُّسْقِيكُمnus'qīkumWe give you drink
  7. مِّمَّاmimmāfrom what
  8. فِىfī(is) in
  9. بُطُونِهَاbuṭūnihātheir bellies
  10. وَلَكُمْwalakumand for you
  11. فِيهَاfīhāin them
  12. مَنَـٰفِعُmanāfiʿu(are) benefits
  13. كَثِيرَةٌۭkathīratunmany
  14. وَمِنْهَاwamin'hāand of them
  15. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou eat

Verse 22

وَعَلَيْهَا وَعَلَى ٱلْفُلْكِ تُحْمَلُونَ

Transliteration waʿalayhā waʿalā l-ful'ki tuḥ'malūna

English And upon them and on ships you are carried.

  1. وَعَلَيْهَاwaʿalayhāAnd on them
  2. وَعَلَىwaʿalāand on
  3. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'ki[the] ships
  4. تُحْمَلُونَtuḥ'malūnayou are carried

Verse 23

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَقَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā nūḥan ilā qawmihi faqāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu afalā tattaqūna

English And We had certainly sent Noah to his people, and he said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him; then will you not fear Him?"

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. نُوحًاnūḥanNuh
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  6. فَقَالَfaqālaand he said
  7. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  8. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. مَاmānot
  11. لَكُمlakumfor you
  12. مِّنْmin(is) any
  13. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  14. غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  15. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  16. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear

Verse 24

فَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ مَا هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُكُمْ يُرِيدُ أَن يَتَفَضَّلَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَأَنزَلَ مَلَـٰٓئِكَةً مَّا سَمِعْنَا بِهَـٰذَا فِىٓ ءَابَآئِنَا ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration faqāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi mā hādhā illā basharun mith'lukum yurīdu an yatafaḍḍala ʿalaykum walaw shāa l-lahu la-anzala malāikatan mā samiʿ'nā bihādhā fī ābāinā l-awalīna

English But the eminent among those who disbelieved from his people said, "This is not but a man like yourselves who wishes to take precedence over you; and if Allāh had willed [to send a messenger], He would have sent down angels. We have not heard of this among our forefathers.

  1. فَقَالَfaqālaBut said
  2. ٱلْمَلَؤُا۟l-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  5. مِنminamong
  6. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  7. مَاmāThis is not
  8. هَـٰذَآhādhāThis is not
  9. إِلَّاillābut
  10. بَشَرٌۭbasharuna man
  11. مِّثْلُكُمْmith'lukumlike you
  12. يُرِيدُyurīduhe wishes
  13. أَنanto
  14. يَتَفَضَّلَyatafaḍḍalaassert (his) superiority
  15. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumover you
  16. وَلَوْwalawand if
  17. شَآءَshāaAllah had willed
  18. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah had willed
  19. لَأَنزَلَla-anzalasurely He (would have) sent down
  20. مَلَـٰٓئِكَةًۭmalāikatanAngels
  21. مَّاmāNot
  22. سَمِعْنَاsamiʿ'nāwe heard
  23. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāof this
  24. فِىٓfīfrom
  25. ءَابَآئِنَاābāināour forefathers
  26. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīnaour forefathers

Verse 25

إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا رَجُلٌۢ بِهِۦ جِنَّةٌ فَتَرَبَّصُوا۟ بِهِۦ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration in huwa illā rajulun bihi jinnatun fatarabbaṣū bihi ḥattā ḥīnin

English He is not but a man possessed with madness, so wait concerning him for a time."

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هُوَhuwahe
  3. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  4. رَجُلٌۢrajuluna man
  5. بِهِۦbihiin him
  6. جِنَّةٌۭjinnatun(is) madness
  7. فَتَرَبَّصُوا۟fatarabbaṣūso wait
  8. بِهِۦbihiconcerning him
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 26

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱنصُرْنِى بِمَا كَذَّبُونِ

Transliteration qāla rabbi unṣur'nī bimā kadhabūni

English [Noah] said, "My Lord, support me because they have denied me."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱنصُرْنِىunṣur'nīHelp me
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. كَذَّبُونِkadhabūnithey deny me

Verse 27

فَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْهِ أَنِ ٱصْنَعِ ٱلْفُلْكَ بِأَعْيُنِنَا وَوَحْيِنَا فَإِذَا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا وَفَارَ ٱلتَّنُّورُ ۙ فَٱسْلُكْ فِيهَا مِن كُلٍّ زَوْجَيْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَأَهْلَكَ إِلَّا مَن سَبَقَ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْقَوْلُ مِنْهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تُخَـٰطِبْنِى فِى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّهُم مُّغْرَقُونَ

Transliteration fa-awḥaynā ilayhi ani iṣ'naʿi l-ful'ka bi-aʿyuninā wawaḥyinā fa-idhā jāa amrunā wafāra l-tanūru fa-us'luk fīhā min kullin zawjayni ith'nayni wa-ahlaka illā man sabaqa ʿalayhi l-qawlu min'hum walā tukhāṭib'nī fī alladhīna ẓalamū innahum mugh'raqūna

English So We inspired to him, "Construct the ship under Our observation and Our inspiration, and when Our command comes and the oven overflows, put into it [i.e., the ship] from each [creature] two mates and your family, except him for whom the decree [of destruction] has proceeded. And do not address Me concerning those who have wronged; indeed, they are to be drowned.

  1. فَأَوْحَيْنَآfa-awḥaynāSo We inspired
  2. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  3. أَنِaniThat
  4. ٱصْنَعِiṣ'naʿiconstruct
  5. ٱلْفُلْكَl-ful'kathe ship
  6. بِأَعْيُنِنَاbi-aʿyunināunder Our eyes
  7. وَوَحْيِنَاwawaḥyināand Our inspiration
  8. فَإِذَاfa-idhāthen when
  9. جَآءَjāacomes
  10. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur Command
  11. وَفَارَwafāraand gushes forth
  12. ٱلتَّنُّورُ ۙl-tanūruthe oven
  13. فَٱسْلُكْfa-us'lukthen put
  14. فِيهَاfīhāinto it
  15. مِنminof
  16. كُلٍّۢkullinevery (kind)
  17. زَوْجَيْنِzawjayni(of) mates
  18. ٱثْنَيْنِith'naynitwo
  19. وَأَهْلَكَwa-ahlakaand your family
  20. إِلَّاillāexcept
  21. مَنmanthose
  22. سَبَقَsabaqa(has) preceded
  23. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiagainst whom
  24. ٱلْقَوْلُl-qawluthe Word
  25. مِنْهُمْ ۖmin'humthereof
  26. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  27. تُخَـٰطِبْنِىtukhāṭib'nīaddress Me
  28. فِىfīconcerning
  29. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  30. ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۖẓalamūwronged
  31. إِنَّهُمinnahumindeed, they
  32. مُّغْرَقُونَmugh'raqūna(are) the ones to be drowned

Verse 28

فَإِذَا ٱسْتَوَيْتَ أَنتَ وَمَن مَّعَكَ عَلَى ٱلْفُلْكِ فَقُلِ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى نَجَّىٰنَا مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-idhā is'tawayta anta waman maʿaka ʿalā l-ful'ki faquli l-ḥamdu lillahi alladhī najjānā mina l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And when you have boarded the ship, you and those with you, then say, 'Praise to Allāh who has saved us from the wrongdoing people.'

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāAnd when
  2. ٱسْتَوَيْتَis'tawaytayou (have) boarded
  3. أَنتَantayou
  4. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  5. مَّعَكَmaʿaka(is) with you
  6. عَلَىʿalā[on]
  7. ٱلْفُلْكِl-ful'kithe ship
  8. فَقُلِfaqulithen say
  9. ٱلْحَمْدُl-ḥamduPraise
  10. لِلَّهِlillahi(be) to Allah
  11. ٱلَّذِىalladhīWho
  12. نَجَّىٰنَاnajjānā(has) saved us
  13. مِنَminafrom
  14. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  15. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 29

وَقُل رَّبِّ أَنزِلْنِى مُنزَلًا مُّبَارَكًا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْمُنزِلِينَ

Transliteration waqul rabbi anzil'nī munzalan mubārakan wa-anta khayru l-munzilīna

English And say, 'My Lord, let me land at a blessed landing place, and You are the best to accommodate [us].'"

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. أَنزِلْنِىanzil'nīcause me to land
  4. مُنزَلًۭاmunzalan(at) a landing place
  5. مُّبَارَكًۭاmubārakanblessed
  6. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  7. خَيْرُkhayru(are) the Best
  8. ٱلْمُنزِلِينَl-munzilīna(of) those who cause to land.'

Verse 30

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَـٰتٍ وَإِن كُنَّا لَمُبْتَلِينَ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyātin wa-in kunnā lamub'talīna

English Indeed in that are signs, and indeed, We are ever testing [Our servants].

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَـٰتٍۢlaāyātinsurely (are) Signs
  5. وَإِنwa-inand indeed
  6. كُنَّاkunnāWe are
  7. لَمُبْتَلِينَlamub'talīnasurely testing

Verse 31

ثُمَّ أَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قَرْنًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma anshanā min baʿdihim qarnan ākharīna

English Then We produced after them a generation of others.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَنشَأْنَاanshanāWe produced
  3. مِنۢminafter them
  4. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  5. قَرْنًاqarnana generation
  6. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaanother

Verse 32

فَأَرْسَلْنَا فِيهِمْ رَسُولًا مِّنْهُمْ أَنِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration fa-arsalnā fīhim rasūlan min'hum ani uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu afalā tattaqūna

English And We sent among them a messenger from themselves, [saying], "Worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him; then will you not fear Him?"

  1. فَأَرْسَلْنَاfa-arsalnāAnd We sent
  2. فِيهِمْfīhimamong them
  3. رَسُولًۭاrasūlana Messenger
  4. مِّنْهُمْmin'humfrom themselves
  5. أَنِani[that]
  6. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. مَاmānot
  9. لَكُمlakumfor you
  10. مِّنْmin(is) any
  11. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  12. غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  13. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  14. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear

Verse 33

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِلِقَآءِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَأَتْرَفْنَـٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا مَا هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُكُمْ يَأْكُلُ مِمَّا تَأْكُلُونَ مِنْهُ وَيَشْرَبُ مِمَّا تَشْرَبُونَ

Transliteration waqāla l-mala-u min qawmihi alladhīna kafarū wakadhabū biliqāi l-ākhirati wa-atrafnāhum fī l-ḥayati l-dun'yā mā hādhā illā basharun mith'lukum yakulu mimmā takulūna min'hu wayashrabu mimmā tashrabūna

English And the eminent among his people who disbelieved and denied the meeting of the Hereafter while We had given them luxury in the worldly life said, "This is not but a man like yourselves. He eats of that from which you eat and drinks of what you drink.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. مِنminof
  4. قَوْمِهِqawmihihis people
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  6. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  7. وَكَذَّبُوا۟wakadhabūand denied
  8. بِلِقَآءِbiliqāi(the) meeting
  9. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  10. وَأَتْرَفْنَـٰهُمْwa-atrafnāhumwhile We had given them luxury
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayatithe life
  13. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  14. مَاmāNot
  15. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  16. إِلَّاillābut
  17. بَشَرٌۭbasharuna man
  18. مِّثْلُكُمْmith'lukumlike you
  19. يَأْكُلُyakuluHe eats
  20. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  21. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou eat
  22. مِنْهُmin'hu[from it]
  23. وَيَشْرَبُwayashrabuand he drinks
  24. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  25. تَشْرَبُونَtashrabūnayou drink

Verse 34

وَلَئِنْ أَطَعْتُم بَشَرًا مِّثْلَكُمْ إِنَّكُمْ إِذًا لَّخَـٰسِرُونَ

Transliteration wala-in aṭaʿtum basharan mith'lakum innakum idhan lakhāsirūna

English And if you should obey a man like yourselves, indeed, you would then be losers.

  1. وَلَئِنْwala-inAnd surely if
  2. أَطَعْتُمaṭaʿtumyou obey
  3. بَشَرًۭاbasharana man
  4. مِّثْلَكُمْmith'lakumlike you
  5. إِنَّكُمْinnakumindeed, you
  6. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  7. لَّخَـٰسِرُونَlakhāsirūnasurely (will be) losers

Verse 35

أَيَعِدُكُمْ أَنَّكُمْ إِذَا مِتُّمْ وَكُنتُمْ تُرَابًا وَعِظَـٰمًا أَنَّكُم مُّخْرَجُونَ

Transliteration ayaʿidukum annakum idhā mittum wakuntum turāban waʿiẓāman annakum mukh'rajūna

English Does he promise you that when you have died and become dust and bones that you will be brought forth [once more]?

  1. أَيَعِدُكُمْayaʿidukumDoes he promise you
  2. أَنَّكُمْannakumthat you
  3. إِذَاidhāwhen
  4. مِتُّمْmittumyou are dead
  5. وَكُنتُمْwakuntumand you become
  6. تُرَابًۭاturābandust
  7. وَعِظَـٰمًاwaʿiẓāmanand bones
  8. أَنَّكُمannakumthat you
  9. مُّخْرَجُونَmukh'rajūna(will be) brought forth

Verse 36

۞ هَيْهَاتَ هَيْهَاتَ لِمَا تُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration hayhāta hayhāta limā tūʿadūna

English How far, how far, is that which you are promised.

  1. ۞ هَيْهَاتَhayhātaFar-(fetched)
  2. هَيْهَاتَhayhātafar-(fetched)
  3. لِمَاlimāis what
  4. تُوعَدُونَtūʿadūnayou are promised

Verse 37

إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا نَمُوتُ وَنَحْيَا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَبْعُوثِينَ

Transliteration in hiya illā ḥayātunā l-dun'yā namūtu wanaḥyā wamā naḥnu bimabʿūthīna

English It [i.e., life] is not but our worldly life - we die and live, but we will not be resurrected.

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هِىَhiyait
  3. إِلَّاillā(is) but
  4. حَيَاتُنَاḥayātunāour life
  5. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  6. نَمُوتُnamūtuwe die
  7. وَنَحْيَاwanaḥyāand we live
  8. وَمَاwamāand not
  9. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  10. بِمَبْعُوثِينَbimabʿūthīna(will be) resurrected

Verse 38

إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا رَجُلٌ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا وَمَا نَحْنُ لَهُۥ بِمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration in huwa illā rajulun if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban wamā naḥnu lahu bimu'minīna

English He is not but a man who has invented a lie about Allāh, and we will not believe him."

  1. إِنْinNot
  2. هُوَhuwa(is) he
  3. إِلَّاillābut
  4. رَجُلٌrajuluna man
  5. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāwho (has) invented
  6. عَلَىʿalāabout
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. كَذِبًۭاkadhibana lie
  9. وَمَاwamāand not
  10. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  11. لَهُۥlahu(in) him
  12. بِمُؤْمِنِينَbimu'minīna(are) believers

Verse 39

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱنصُرْنِى بِمَا كَذَّبُونِ

Transliteration qāla rabbi unṣur'nī bimā kadhabūni

English He said, "My Lord, support me because they have denied me."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱنصُرْنِىunṣur'nīHelp me
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. كَذَّبُونِkadhabūnithey deny me

Verse 40

قَالَ عَمَّا قَلِيلٍ لَّيُصْبِحُنَّ نَـٰدِمِينَ

Transliteration qāla ʿammā qalīlin layuṣ'biḥunna nādimīna

English [Allāh] said, "After a little, they will surely become regretful."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. عَمَّاʿammāAfter a little while
  3. قَلِيلٍۢqalīlinAfter a little while
  4. لَّيُصْبِحُنَّlayuṣ'biḥunnasurely they will become
  5. نَـٰدِمِينَnādimīnaregretful

Verse 41

فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلصَّيْحَةُ بِٱلْحَقِّ فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْ غُثَآءً ۚ فَبُعْدًا لِّلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration fa-akhadhathumu l-ṣayḥatu bil-ḥaqi fajaʿalnāhum ghuthāan fabuʿ'dan lil'qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English So the shriek seized them in truth, and We made them as [plant] stubble. Then away with the wrongdoing people.

  1. فَأَخَذَتْهُمُfa-akhadhathumuSo seized them
  2. ٱلصَّيْحَةُl-ṣayḥatuthe awful cry
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqiin truth
  4. فَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْfajaʿalnāhumand We made them
  5. غُثَآءًۭ ۚghuthāan(as) rubbish of dead leaves
  6. فَبُعْدًۭاfabuʿ'danSo away
  7. لِّلْقَوْمِlil'qawmiwith the people
  8. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 42

ثُمَّ أَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قُرُونًا ءَاخَرِينَ

Transliteration thumma anshanā min baʿdihim qurūnan ākharīna

English Then We produced after them other generations.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَنشَأْنَاanshanāWe produced
  3. مِنۢminafter them
  4. بَعْدِهِمْbaʿdihimafter them
  5. قُرُونًاqurūnana generation
  6. ءَاخَرِينَākharīnaanother

Verse 43

مَا تَسْبِقُ مِنْ أُمَّةٍ أَجَلَهَا وَمَا يَسْتَـْٔخِرُونَ

Transliteration mā tasbiqu min ummatin ajalahā wamā yastakhirūna

English No nation will precede its time [of termination], nor will they remain [thereafter].

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. تَسْبِقُtasbiqucan precede
  3. مِنْminany
  4. أُمَّةٍummatinnation
  5. أَجَلَهَاajalahāits term
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. يَسْتَـْٔخِرُونَyastakhirūnathey (can) delay (it)

Verse 44

ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا رُسُلَنَا تَتْرَا ۖ كُلَّ مَا جَآءَ أُمَّةً رَّسُولُهَا كَذَّبُوهُ ۚ فَأَتْبَعْنَا بَعْضَهُم بَعْضًا وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْ أَحَادِيثَ ۚ فَبُعْدًا لِّقَوْمٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration thumma arsalnā rusulanā tatrā kulla mā jāa ummatan rasūluhā kadhabūhu fa-atbaʿnā baʿḍahum baʿḍan wajaʿalnāhum aḥādītha fabuʿ'dan liqawmin lā yu'minūna

English Then We sent Our messengers in succession. Every time there came to a nation its messenger, they denied him, so We made them follow one another [to destruction], and We made them narrations. So away with a people who do not believe.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. رُسُلَنَاrusulanāOur Messengers
  4. تَتْرَا ۖtatrā(in) succession
  5. كُلَّkullaEvery time
  6. مَاmāEvery time
  7. جَآءَjāacame
  8. أُمَّةًۭummatan(to) a nation
  9. رَّسُولُهَاrasūluhāits Messenger
  10. كَذَّبُوهُ ۚkadhabūhuthey denied him
  11. فَأَتْبَعْنَاfa-atbaʿnāso We made (them) follow
  12. بَعْضَهُمbaʿḍahumsome of them
  13. بَعْضًۭاbaʿḍanothers
  14. وَجَعَلْنَـٰهُمْwajaʿalnāhumand We made them
  15. أَحَادِيثَ ۚaḥādīthanarrations
  16. فَبُعْدًۭاfabuʿ'danSo away
  17. لِّقَوْمٍۢliqawminwith a people
  18. لَّاlānot
  19. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe

Verse 45

ثُمَّ أَرْسَلْنَا مُوسَىٰ وَأَخَاهُ هَـٰرُونَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَسُلْطَـٰنٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration thumma arsalnā mūsā wa-akhāhu hārūna biāyātinā wasul'ṭānin mubīnin

English Then We sent Moses and his brother Aaron with Our signs and a clear authority

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. وَأَخَاهُwa-akhāhuand his brother
  5. هَـٰرُونَhārūnaHarun
  6. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  7. وَسُلْطَـٰنٍۢwasul'ṭāninand an authority
  8. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 46

إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا عَالِينَ

Transliteration ilā fir'ʿawna wamala-ihi fa-is'takbarū wakānū qawman ʿālīna

English To Pharaoh and his establishment, but they were arrogant and were a haughty people.

  1. إِلَىٰilāTo
  2. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  3. وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦwamala-ihiand his chiefs
  4. فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟fa-is'takbarūbut they behaved arrogantly
  5. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  6. قَوْمًاqawmana people
  7. عَالِينَʿālīnahaughty

Verse 47

فَقَالُوٓا۟ أَنُؤْمِنُ لِبَشَرَيْنِ مِثْلِنَا وَقَوْمُهُمَا لَنَا عَـٰبِدُونَ

Transliteration faqālū anu'minu libasharayni mith'linā waqawmuhumā lanā ʿābidūna

English They said, "Should we believe two men like ourselves while their people are for us in servitude?"

  1. فَقَالُوٓا۟faqālūThen they said
  2. أَنُؤْمِنُanu'minuShall we believe
  3. لِبَشَرَيْنِlibasharayni(in) two men
  4. مِثْلِنَاmith'linālike ourselves
  5. وَقَوْمُهُمَاwaqawmuhumāwhile their people
  6. لَنَاlanāfor us
  7. عَـٰبِدُونَʿābidūna(are) slaves

Verse 48

فَكَذَّبُوهُمَا فَكَانُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْلَكِينَ

Transliteration fakadhabūhumā fakānū mina l-muh'lakīna

English So they denied them and were of those destroyed.

  1. فَكَذَّبُوهُمَاfakadhabūhumāSo they denied them
  2. فَكَانُوا۟fakānūand they became
  3. مِنَminaof
  4. ٱلْمُهْلَكِينَl-muh'lakīnathose who were destroyed

Verse 49

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَهْتَدُونَ

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā mūsā l-kitāba laʿallahum yahtadūna

English And We certainly gave Moses the Scripture that perhaps they would be guided.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. مُوسَىmūsāMusa
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Scripture
  5. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  6. يَهْتَدُونَyahtadūnabe guided

Verse 50

وَجَعَلْنَا ٱبْنَ مَرْيَمَ وَأُمَّهُۥٓ ءَايَةً وَءَاوَيْنَـٰهُمَآ إِلَىٰ رَبْوَةٍ ذَاتِ قَرَارٍ وَمَعِينٍ

Transliteration wajaʿalnā ib'na maryama wa-ummahu āyatan waāwaynāhumā ilā rabwatin dhāti qarārin wamaʿīnin

English And We made the son of Mary and his mother a sign and sheltered them within a high ground having level [areas] and flowing water.

  1. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We made
  2. ٱبْنَib'na(the) son
  3. مَرْيَمَmaryama(of) Maryam
  4. وَأُمَّهُۥٓwa-ummahuand his mother
  5. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  6. وَءَاوَيْنَـٰهُمَآwaāwaynāhumāand We sheltered them
  7. إِلَىٰilāto
  8. رَبْوَةٍۢrabwatina high ground
  9. ذَاتِdhātiof tranquility
  10. قَرَارٍۢqarārinof tranquility
  11. وَمَعِينٍۢwamaʿīninand water springs

Verse 51

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلرُّسُلُ كُلُوا۟ مِنَ ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ وَٱعْمَلُوا۟ صَـٰلِحًا ۖ إِنِّى بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration yāayyuhā l-rusulu kulū mina l-ṭayibāti wa-iʿ'malū ṣāliḥan innī bimā taʿmalūna ʿalīmun

English [Allāh said], "O messengers, eat from the good foods and work righteousness. Indeed I, of what you do, am Knowing.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO Messengers
  2. ٱلرُّسُلُl-rusuluO Messengers
  3. كُلُوا۟kulūEat
  4. مِنَminaof
  5. ٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتِl-ṭayibātithe good things
  6. وَٱعْمَلُوا۟wa-iʿ'malūand do
  7. صَـٰلِحًا ۖṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  8. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I Am
  9. بِمَاbimāof what
  10. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do
  11. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 52

وَإِنَّ هَـٰذِهِۦٓ أُمَّتُكُمْ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً وَأَنَا۠ رَبُّكُمْ فَٱتَّقُونِ

Transliteration wa-inna hādhihi ummatukum ummatan wāḥidatan wa-anā rabbukum fa-ittaqūni

English And indeed this, your religion, is one religion, and I am your Lord, so fear Me."

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦٓhādhihithis
  3. أُمَّتُكُمْummatukumyour religion
  4. أُمَّةًۭummatan(is) religion
  5. وَٰحِدَةًۭwāḥidatanone
  6. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāAnd I Am
  7. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  8. فَٱتَّقُونِfa-ittaqūniso fear Me

Verse 53

فَتَقَطَّعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَهُم بَيْنَهُمْ زُبُرًا ۖ كُلُّ حِزْبٍۭ بِمَا لَدَيْهِمْ فَرِحُونَ

Transliteration fataqaṭṭaʿū amrahum baynahum zuburan kullu ḥiz'bin bimā ladayhim fariḥūna

English But they [i.e., the people] divided their religion among them into portions [i.e., sects] - each faction, in what it has, rejoicing.

  1. فَتَقَطَّعُوٓا۟fataqaṭṭaʿūBut they cut off
  2. أَمْرَهُمamrahumtheir affair (of unity)
  3. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumbetween them
  4. زُبُرًۭا ۖzuburan(into) sects
  5. كُلُّkullueach
  6. حِزْبٍۭḥiz'binfaction
  7. بِمَاbimāin what
  8. لَدَيْهِمْladayhimthey have
  9. فَرِحُونَfariḥūnarejoicing

Verse 54

فَذَرْهُمْ فِى غَمْرَتِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration fadharhum fī ghamratihim ḥattā ḥīnin

English So leave them in their confusion for a time.

  1. فَذَرْهُمْfadharhumSo leave them
  2. فِىfīin
  3. غَمْرَتِهِمْghamratihimtheir confusion
  4. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  5. حِينٍḥīnina time

Verse 55

أَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّمَا نُمِدُّهُم بِهِۦ مِن مَّالٍ وَبَنِينَ

Transliteration ayaḥsabūna annamā numidduhum bihi min mālin wabanīna

English Do they think that what We extend to them of wealth and children

  1. أَيَحْسَبُونَayaḥsabūnaDo they think
  2. أَنَّمَاannamāthat what
  3. نُمِدُّهُمnumidduhumWe extend to them
  4. بِهِۦbihi[with it]
  5. مِنminof
  6. مَّالٍۢmālinwealth
  7. وَبَنِينَwabanīnaand children

Verse 56

نُسَارِعُ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ ۚ بَل لَّا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration nusāriʿu lahum fī l-khayrāti bal lā yashʿurūna

English Is [because] We hasten for them good things? Rather, they do not perceive.

  1. نُسَارِعُnusāriʿuWe hasten
  2. لَهُمْlahumto them
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ ۚl-khayrātithe good
  5. بَلbalNay
  6. لَّاlānot
  7. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnathey perceive

Verse 57

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ هُم مِّنْ خَشْيَةِ رَبِّهِم مُّشْفِقُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna hum min khashyati rabbihim mush'fiqūna

English Indeed, they who are apprehensive from fear of their Lord

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. هُمhum[they]
  4. مِّنْminfrom
  5. خَشْيَةِkhashyati(the) fear
  6. رَبِّهِمrabbihim(of) their Lord
  7. مُّشْفِقُونَmush'fiqūna(are) cautious

Verse 58

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum biāyāti rabbihim yu'minūna

English And they who believe in the signs of their Lord

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those
  2. هُمhum[they]
  3. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyātiin (the) Signs
  4. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  5. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 59

وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِرَبِّهِمْ لَا يُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna hum birabbihim lā yush'rikūna

English And they who do not associate anything with their Lord

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those
  2. هُمhum[they]
  3. بِرَبِّهِمْbirabbihimwith their Lord
  4. لَاlā(do) not
  5. يُشْرِكُونَyush'rikūnaassociate partners

Verse 60

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْتُونَ مَآ ءَاتَوا۟ وَّقُلُوبُهُمْ وَجِلَةٌ أَنَّهُمْ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ رَٰجِعُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yu'tūna mā ātaw waqulūbuhum wajilatun annahum ilā rabbihim rājiʿūna

English And they who give what they give while their hearts are fearful because they will be returning to their Lord -

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يُؤْتُونَyu'tūnagive
  3. مَآmāwhat
  4. ءَاتَوا۟ātawthey give
  5. وَّقُلُوبُهُمْwaqulūbuhumwhile their hearts
  6. وَجِلَةٌwajilatun(are) fearful
  7. أَنَّهُمْannahumbecause they
  8. إِلَىٰilāto
  9. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  10. رَٰجِعُونَrājiʿūna(will) return

Verse 61

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يُسَـٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ وَهُمْ لَهَا سَـٰبِقُونَ

Transliteration ulāika yusāriʿūna fī l-khayrāti wahum lahā sābiqūna

English It is those who hasten to good deeds, and they outstrip [others] therein.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāika(It is) those
  2. يُسَـٰرِعُونَyusāriʿūnawho hasten
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِl-khayrātithe good (deeds)
  5. وَهُمْwahumand they
  6. لَهَاlahāin them
  7. سَـٰبِقُونَsābiqūna(are) foremost

Verse 62

وَلَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا ۖ وَلَدَيْنَا كِتَـٰبٌ يَنطِقُ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Transliteration walā nukallifu nafsan illā wus'ʿahā waladaynā kitābun yanṭiqu bil-ḥaqi wahum lā yuẓ'lamūna

English And We charge no soul except [with that within] its capacity, and with Us is a record which speaks with truth; and they will not be wronged.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. نُكَلِّفُnukallifuWe burden
  3. نَفْسًاnafsanany soul
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. وُسْعَهَا ۖwus'ʿahā(to) its capacity
  6. وَلَدَيْنَاwaladaynāand with Us
  7. كِتَـٰبٌۭkitābun(is) a Record
  8. يَنطِقُyanṭiqu(which) speaks
  9. بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚbil-ḥaqiwith the truth
  10. وَهُمْwahumand they
  11. لَاlā(will) not
  12. يُظْلَمُونَyuẓ'lamūnabe wronged

Verse 63

بَلْ قُلُوبُهُمْ فِى غَمْرَةٍ مِّنْ هَـٰذَا وَلَهُمْ أَعْمَـٰلٌ مِّن دُونِ ذَٰلِكَ هُمْ لَهَا عَـٰمِلُونَ

Transliteration bal qulūbuhum fī ghamratin min hādhā walahum aʿmālun min dūni dhālika hum lahā ʿāmilūna

English But their hearts are covered with confusion over this, and they have [evil] deeds besides that [i.e., disbelief] which they are doing,

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. قُلُوبُهُمْqulūbuhumtheir hearts
  3. فِىfī(are) in
  4. غَمْرَةٍۢghamratinconfusion
  5. مِّنْminover
  6. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  7. وَلَهُمْwalahumand for them
  8. أَعْمَـٰلٌۭaʿmālun(are) deeds
  9. مِّنminbesides
  10. دُونِdūnibesides
  11. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  12. هُمْhumthey
  13. لَهَاlahāfor it
  14. عَـٰمِلُونَʿāmilūna(are) doers

Verse 64

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَخَذْنَا مُتْرَفِيهِم بِٱلْعَذَابِ إِذَا هُمْ يَجْـَٔرُونَ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā akhadhnā mut'rafīhim bil-ʿadhābi idhā hum yajarūna

English Until when We seize their affluent ones with punishment, at once they are crying [to Allāh] for help.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَآidhāwhen
  3. أَخَذْنَاakhadhnāWe seize
  4. مُتْرَفِيهِمmut'rafīhimtheir affluent ones
  5. بِٱلْعَذَابِbil-ʿadhābiwith the punishment
  6. إِذَاidhābehold
  7. هُمْhumThey
  8. يَجْـَٔرُونَyajarūnacry for help

Verse 65

لَا تَجْـَٔرُوا۟ ٱلْيَوْمَ ۖ إِنَّكُم مِّنَّا لَا تُنصَرُونَ

Transliteration lā tajarū l-yawma innakum minnā lā tunṣarūna

English Do not cry out today. Indeed, by Us you will not be helped.

  1. لَاlā(Do) not
  2. تَجْـَٔرُوا۟tajarūcry for help
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَ ۖl-yawmatoday
  4. إِنَّكُمinnakumIndeed, you
  5. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  6. لَاlānot
  7. تُنصَرُونَtunṣarūnawill be helped

Verse 66

قَدْ كَانَتْ ءَايَـٰتِى تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فَكُنتُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَـٰبِكُمْ تَنكِصُونَ

Transliteration qad kānat āyātī tut'lā ʿalaykum fakuntum ʿalā aʿqābikum tankiṣūna

English My verses had already been recited to you, but you were turning back on your heels.

  1. قَدْqadVerily
  2. كَانَتْkānatwere
  3. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  4. تُتْلَىٰtut'lārecited
  5. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  6. فَكُنتُمْfakuntumbut you used
  7. عَلَىٰٓʿalā(to) on
  8. أَعْقَـٰبِكُمْaʿqābikumyour heels
  9. تَنكِصُونَtankiṣūnaturn back

Verse 67

مُسْتَكْبِرِينَ بِهِۦ سَـٰمِرًا تَهْجُرُونَ

Transliteration mus'takbirīna bihi sāmiran tahjurūna

English In arrogance regarding it, conversing by night, speaking evil.

  1. مُسْتَكْبِرِينَmus'takbirīna(Being) arrogant
  2. بِهِۦbihiabout it
  3. سَـٰمِرًۭاsāmiranconversing by night
  4. تَهْجُرُونَtahjurūnaspeaking evil

Verse 68

أَفَلَمْ يَدَّبَّرُوا۟ ٱلْقَوْلَ أَمْ جَآءَهُم مَّا لَمْ يَأْتِ ءَابَآءَهُمُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration afalam yaddabbarū l-qawla am jāahum mā lam yati ābāahumu l-awalīna

English Then have they not reflected over the word [i.e., the Qur’ān], or has there come to them that which had not come to their forefathers?

  1. أَفَلَمْafalamThen, do not
  2. يَدَّبَّرُوا۟yaddabbarūthey ponder
  3. ٱلْقَوْلَl-qawlathe Word
  4. أَمْamor
  5. جَآءَهُمjāahumhas come to them
  6. مَّاmāwhat
  7. لَمْlamnot
  8. يَأْتِyati(had) come
  9. ءَابَآءَهُمُābāahumu(to) their forefathers
  10. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(to) their forefathers

Verse 69

أَمْ لَمْ يَعْرِفُوا۟ رَسُولَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَهُۥ مُنكِرُونَ

Transliteration am lam yaʿrifū rasūlahum fahum lahu munkirūna

English Or did they not know their Messenger, so they are toward him disacknowledging?

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. لَمْlam(do) not
  3. يَعْرِفُوا۟yaʿrifūthey recognize
  4. رَسُولَهُمْrasūlahumtheir Messenger
  5. فَهُمْfahumso they
  6. لَهُۥlahu(are) rejecting him
  7. مُنكِرُونَmunkirūna(are) rejecting him

Verse 70

أَمْ يَقُولُونَ بِهِۦ جِنَّةٌۢ ۚ بَلْ جَآءَهُم بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَكْثَرُهُمْ لِلْحَقِّ كَـٰرِهُونَ

Transliteration am yaqūlūna bihi jinnatun bal jāahum bil-ḥaqi wa-aktharuhum lil'ḥaqqi kārihūna

English Or do they say, "In him is madness"? Rather, he brought them the truth, but most of them, to the truth, are averse.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  3. بِهِۦbihiIn him
  4. جِنَّةٌۢ ۚjinnatun(is) madness
  5. بَلْbalNay
  6. جَآءَهُمjāahumhe brought them
  7. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  8. وَأَكْثَرُهُمْwa-aktharuhumbut most of them
  9. لِلْحَقِّlil'ḥaqqito the truth
  10. كَـٰرِهُونَkārihūna(are) averse

Verse 71

وَلَوِ ٱتَّبَعَ ٱلْحَقُّ أَهْوَآءَهُمْ لَفَسَدَتِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ وَمَن فِيهِنَّ ۚ بَلْ أَتَيْنَـٰهُم بِذِكْرِهِمْ فَهُمْ عَن ذِكْرِهِم مُّعْرِضُونَ

Transliteration walawi ittabaʿa l-ḥaqu ahwāahum lafasadati l-samāwātu wal-arḍu waman fīhinna bal ataynāhum bidhik'rihim fahum ʿan dhik'rihim muʿ'riḍūna

English But if the Truth [i.e., Allāh] had followed their inclinations, the heavens and the earth and whoever is in them would have been ruined. Rather, We have brought them their message, but they, from their message, are turning away.

  1. وَلَوِwalawiBut if
  2. ٱتَّبَعَittabaʿa(had) followed
  3. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  4. أَهْوَآءَهُمْahwāahumtheir desires
  5. لَفَسَدَتِlafasadatisurely (would) have been corrupted
  6. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe heavens
  7. وَٱلْأَرْضُwal-arḍuand the earth
  8. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  9. فِيهِنَّ ۚfīhinna(is) therein
  10. بَلْbalNay
  11. أَتَيْنَـٰهُمataynāhumWe have brought them
  12. بِذِكْرِهِمْbidhik'rihimtheir reminder
  13. فَهُمْfahumbut they
  14. عَنʿanfrom
  15. ذِكْرِهِمdhik'rihimtheir reminder
  16. مُّعْرِضُونَmuʿ'riḍūna(are) turning away

Verse 72

أَمْ تَسْـَٔلُهُمْ خَرْجًا فَخَرَاجُ رَبِّكَ خَيْرٌ ۖ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَ

Transliteration am tasaluhum kharjan fakharāju rabbika khayrun wahuwa khayru l-rāziqīna

English Or do you, [O Muḥammad], ask them for payment? But the reward of your Lord is best, and He is the best of providers.

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. تَسْـَٔلُهُمْtasaluhumyou ask them
  3. خَرْجًۭاkharjan(for) a payment
  4. فَخَرَاجُfakharājuBut the payment
  5. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  6. خَيْرٌۭ ۖkhayrun(is) best
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  8. خَيْرُkhayru(is) the Best
  9. ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَl-rāziqīna(of) the Providers

Verse 73

وَإِنَّكَ لَتَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration wa-innaka latadʿūhum ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English And indeed, you invite them to a straight path.

  1. وَإِنَّكَwa-innakaAnd indeed, you
  2. لَتَدْعُوهُمْlatadʿūhumcertainly call them
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭin(the) Path
  5. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminStraight

Verse 74

وَإِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ عَنِ ٱلصِّرَٰطِ لَنَـٰكِبُونَ

Transliteration wa-inna alladhīna lā yu'minūna bil-ākhirati ʿani l-ṣirāṭi lanākibūna

English But indeed, those who do not believe in the Hereafter are deviating from the path.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  6. عَنِʿanifrom
  7. ٱلصِّرَٰطِl-ṣirāṭithe path
  8. لَنَـٰكِبُونَlanākibūnasurely (are) deviating

Verse 75

۞ وَلَوْ رَحِمْنَـٰهُمْ وَكَشَفْنَا مَا بِهِم مِّن ضُرٍّ لَّلَجُّوا۟ فِى طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ

Transliteration walaw raḥim'nāhum wakashafnā mā bihim min ḍurrin lalajjū fī ṭugh'yānihim yaʿmahūna

English And even if We gave them mercy and removed what was upon them of affliction, they would persist in their transgression, wandering blindly.

  1. ۞ وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. رَحِمْنَـٰهُمْraḥim'nāhumWe had mercy on them
  3. وَكَشَفْنَاwakashafnāand We removed
  4. مَاmāwhat
  5. بِهِمbihim(was) on them
  6. مِّنminof
  7. ضُرٍّۢḍurrin(the) hardship
  8. لَّلَجُّوا۟lalajjūsurely they would persist
  9. فِىfīin
  10. طُغْيَـٰنِهِمْṭugh'yānihimtheir transgression
  11. يَعْمَهُونَyaʿmahūnawandering blindly

Verse 76

وَلَقَدْ أَخَذْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْعَذَابِ فَمَا ٱسْتَكَانُوا۟ لِرَبِّهِمْ وَمَا يَتَضَرَّعُونَ

Transliteration walaqad akhadhnāhum bil-ʿadhābi famā is'takānū lirabbihim wamā yataḍarraʿūna

English And We had gripped them with suffering [as a warning], but they did not yield to their Lord, nor did they humbly supplicate, [and will continue thus]

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَخَذْنَـٰهُمakhadhnāhumWe seized them
  3. بِٱلْعَذَابِbil-ʿadhābiwith the punishment
  4. فَمَاfamābut not
  5. ٱسْتَكَانُوا۟is'takānūthey submit
  6. لِرَبِّهِمْlirabbihimto their Lord
  7. وَمَاwamāand not
  8. يَتَضَرَّعُونَyataḍarraʿūnathey supplicate humbly

Verse 77

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِم بَابًا ذَا عَذَابٍ شَدِيدٍ إِذَا هُمْ فِيهِ مُبْلِسُونَ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā fataḥnā ʿalayhim bāban dhā ʿadhābin shadīdin idhā hum fīhi mub'lisūna

English Until when We have opened before them a door of severe punishment, immediately they will be therein in despair.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. فَتَحْنَاfataḥnāWe opened
  4. عَلَيْهِمʿalayhimfor them
  5. بَابًۭاbābana gate
  6. ذَاdhāof a punishment
  7. عَذَابٍۢʿadhābinof a punishment
  8. شَدِيدٍshadīdinsevere
  9. إِذَاidhābehold
  10. هُمْhumThey
  11. فِيهِfīhiin it
  12. مُبْلِسُونَmub'lisūna(will be in) despair

Verse 78

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَ لَكُمُ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَ وَٱلْأَفْـِٔدَةَ ۚ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī ansha-a lakumu l-samʿa wal-abṣāra wal-afidata qalīlan mā tashkurūna

English And it is He who produced for you hearing and vision and hearts [i.e., intellect]; little are you grateful.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. أَنشَأَansha-aproduced
  4. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  5. ٱلسَّمْعَl-samʿathe hearing
  6. وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرَwal-abṣāraand the sight
  7. وَٱلْأَفْـِٔدَةَ ۚwal-afidataand the feeling
  8. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlanlittle
  9. مَّاmā(is) what
  10. تَشْكُرُونَtashkurūnayou give thanks

Verse 79

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى ذَرَأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī dhara-akum fī l-arḍi wa-ilayhi tuḥ'sharūna

English And it is He who has multiplied you throughout the earth, and to Him you will be gathered.

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. ذَرَأَكُمْdhara-akummultiplied you
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  7. تُحْشَرُونَtuḥ'sharūnayou will be gathered

Verse 80

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ وَلَهُ ٱخْتِلَـٰفُ ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī yuḥ'yī wayumītu walahu ikh'tilāfu al-layli wal-nahāri afalā taʿqilūna

English And it is He who gives life and causes death, and His is the alternation of the night and the day. Then will you not reason?

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. يُحْىِۦyuḥ'yīgives life
  4. وَيُمِيتُwayumītuand causes death
  5. وَلَهُwalahuand for Him
  6. ٱخْتِلَـٰفُikh'tilāfu(is the) alternation
  7. ٱلَّيْلِal-layli(of) the night
  8. وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚwal-nahāriand the day
  9. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  10. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnayou reason

Verse 81

بَلْ قَالُوا۟ مِثْلَ مَا قَالَ ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ

Transliteration bal qālū mith'la mā qāla l-awalūna

English Rather, they say like what the former peoples said.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. قَالُوا۟qālūthey say
  3. مِثْلَmith'la(the) like
  4. مَاmā(of) what
  5. قَالَqālasaid
  6. ٱلْأَوَّلُونَl-awalūnathe former (people)

Verse 82

قَالُوٓا۟ أَءِذَا مِتْنَا وَكُنَّا تُرَابًا وَعِظَـٰمًا أَءِنَّا لَمَبْعُوثُونَ

Transliteration qālū a-idhā mit'nā wakunnā turāban waʿiẓāman a-innā lamabʿūthūna

English They said, "When we have died and become dust and bones, are we indeed to be resurrected?

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَءِذَاa-idhāWhat! When
  3. مِتْنَاmit'nāwe are dead
  4. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand become
  5. تُرَابًۭاturābandust
  6. وَعِظَـٰمًاwaʿiẓāmanand bones
  7. أَءِنَّاa-innāwould we
  8. لَمَبْعُوثُونَlamabʿūthūnasurely be resurrected

Verse 83

لَقَدْ وُعِدْنَا نَحْنُ وَءَابَآؤُنَا هَـٰذَا مِن قَبْلُ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَـٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ

Transliteration laqad wuʿid'nā naḥnu waābāunā hādhā min qablu in hādhā illā asāṭīru l-awalīna

English We have been promised this, we and our forefathers, before; this is not but legends of the former peoples."

  1. لَقَدْlaqadVerily
  2. وُعِدْنَاwuʿid'nāwe have been promised
  3. نَحْنُnaḥnu[we]
  4. وَءَابَآؤُنَاwaābāunāand our forefathers
  5. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  6. مِنminbefore
  7. قَبْلُqablubefore
  8. إِنْinnot
  9. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  10. إِلَّآillābut
  11. أَسَـٰطِيرُasāṭīru(the) tales
  12. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former (people)

Verse 84

قُل لِّمَنِ ٱلْأَرْضُ وَمَن فِيهَآ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qul limani l-arḍu waman fīhā in kuntum taʿlamūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "To whom belongs the earth and whoever is in it, if you should know?"

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لِّمَنِlimaniTo whom (belongs)
  3. ٱلْأَرْضُl-arḍuthe earth
  4. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  5. فِيهَآfīhā(is) in it
  6. إِنinif
  7. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  8. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 85

سَيَقُولُونَ لِلَّهِ ۚ قُلْ أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration sayaqūlūna lillahi qul afalā tadhakkarūna

English They will say, "To Allāh." Say, "Then will you not remember?"

  1. سَيَقُولُونَsayaqūlūnaThey will say
  2. لِلَّهِ ۚlillahiTo Allah
  3. قُلْqulSay
  4. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  5. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou remember

Verse 86

قُلْ مَن رَّبُّ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ ٱلسَّبْعِ وَرَبُّ ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Transliteration qul man rabbu l-samāwāti l-sabʿi warabbu l-ʿarshi l-ʿaẓīmi

English Say, "Who is Lord of the seven heavens and Lord of the Great Throne?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنmanWho
  3. رَّبُّrabbu(is the) Lord
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the seven heavens
  5. ٱلسَّبْعِl-sabʿi(of) the seven heavens
  6. وَرَبُّwarabbuand (the) Lord
  7. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshi(of) the Throne
  8. ٱلْعَظِيمِl-ʿaẓīmithe Great

Verse 87

سَيَقُولُونَ لِلَّهِ ۚ قُلْ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ

Transliteration sayaqūlūna lillahi qul afalā tattaqūna

English They will say, "[They belong] to Allāh." Say, "Then will you not fear Him?"

  1. سَيَقُولُونَsayaqūlūnaThey will say
  2. لِلَّهِ ۚlillahiAllah
  3. قُلْqulSay
  4. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  5. تَتَّقُونَtattaqūnayou fear (Him)

Verse 88

قُلْ مَنۢ بِيَدِهِۦ مَلَكُوتُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَهُوَ يُجِيرُ وَلَا يُجَارُ عَلَيْهِ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qul man biyadihi malakūtu kulli shayin wahuwa yujīru walā yujāru ʿalayhi in kuntum taʿlamūna

English Say, "In whose hand is the realm of all things - and He protects while none can protect against Him - if you should know?"

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. مَنۢmanWho is (it)
  3. بِيَدِهِۦbiyadihiin Whose Hand(s)
  4. مَلَكُوتُmalakūtu(is the) dominion
  5. كُلِّkulli(of) all
  6. شَىْءٍۢshayinthings
  7. وَهُوَwahuwaand He
  8. يُجِيرُyujīruprotects
  9. وَلَاwalāand no (one)
  10. يُجَارُyujāru(can) be protected
  11. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiagainst Him
  12. إِنinIf
  13. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  14. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 89

سَيَقُولُونَ لِلَّهِ ۚ قُلْ فَأَنَّىٰ تُسْحَرُونَ

Transliteration sayaqūlūna lillahi qul fa-annā tus'ḥarūna

English They will say, "[All belongs] to Allāh." Say, "Then how are you deluded?"

  1. سَيَقُولُونَsayaqūlūnaThey will say
  2. لِلَّهِ ۚlillahiAllah
  3. قُلْqulSay
  4. فَأَنَّىٰfa-annāThen how
  5. تُسْحَرُونَtus'ḥarūnaare you deluded

Verse 90

بَلْ أَتَيْنَـٰهُم بِٱلْحَقِّ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration bal ataynāhum bil-ḥaqi wa-innahum lakādhibūna

English Rather, We have brought them the truth, and indeed they are liars.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. أَتَيْنَـٰهُمataynāhumWe (have) brought them
  3. بِٱلْحَقِّbil-ḥaqithe truth
  4. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumbut indeed, they
  5. لَكَـٰذِبُونَlakādhibūnasurely, (are) liars

Verse 91

مَا ٱتَّخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِن وَلَدٍ وَمَا كَانَ مَعَهُۥ مِنْ إِلَـٰهٍ ۚ إِذًا لَّذَهَبَ كُلُّ إِلَـٰهٍۭ بِمَا خَلَقَ وَلَعَلَا بَعْضُهُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ ۚ سُبْحَـٰنَ ٱللَّهِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration mā ittakhadha l-lahu min waladin wamā kāna maʿahu min ilāhin idhan ladhahaba kullu ilāhin bimā khalaqa walaʿalā baʿḍuhum ʿalā baʿḍin sub'ḥāna l-lahi ʿammā yaṣifūna

English Allāh has not taken any son, nor has there ever been with Him any deity. [If there had been], then each deity would have taken what it created, and some of them would have [sought to] overcome others. Exalted is Allāh above what they describe [concerning Him].

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. ٱتَّخَذَittakhadhaAllah has taken
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah has taken
  4. مِنminany
  5. وَلَدٍۢwaladinson
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. كَانَkānais
  8. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith Him
  9. مِنْminany
  10. إِلَـٰهٍ ۚilāhingod
  11. إِذًۭاidhanThen
  12. لَّذَهَبَladhahabasurely (would have) taken away
  13. كُلُّkullueach
  14. إِلَـٰهٍۭilāhingod
  15. بِمَاbimāwhat
  16. خَلَقَkhalaqahe created
  17. وَلَعَلَاwalaʿalāand surely would have overpowered
  18. بَعْضُهُمْbaʿḍuhumsome of them
  19. عَلَىٰʿalā[on]
  20. بَعْضٍۢ ۚbaʿḍinothers
  21. سُبْحَـٰنَsub'ḥānaGlory be
  22. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(to) Allah
  23. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  24. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 92

عَـٰلِمِ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِ فَتَعَـٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration ʿālimi l-ghaybi wal-shahādati fataʿālā ʿammā yush'rikūna

English [He is] Knower of the unseen and the witnessed, so high is He above what they associate [with Him].

  1. عَـٰلِمِʿālimiKnower
  2. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  3. وَٱلشَّهَـٰدَةِwal-shahādatiand the witnessed
  4. فَتَعَـٰلَىٰfataʿālāexalted is He
  5. عَمَّاʿammāabove what
  6. يُشْرِكُونَyush'rikūnathey associate

Verse 93

قُل رَّبِّ إِمَّا تُرِيَنِّى مَا يُوعَدُونَ

Transliteration qul rabbi immā turiyannī mā yūʿadūna

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord, if You should show me that which they are promised,

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. إِمَّاimmāIf
  4. تُرِيَنِّىturiyannīYou should show me
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. يُوعَدُونَyūʿadūnathey are promised

Verse 94

رَبِّ فَلَا تَجْعَلْنِى فِى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration rabbi falā tajʿalnī fī l-qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English My Lord, then do not place me among the wrongdoing people."

  1. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  2. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  3. تَجْعَلْنِىtajʿalnīplace me
  4. فِىfīamong
  5. ٱلْقَوْمِl-qawmithe people
  6. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 95

وَإِنَّا عَلَىٰٓ أَن نُّرِيَكَ مَا نَعِدُهُمْ لَقَـٰدِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-innā ʿalā an nuriyaka mā naʿiduhum laqādirūna

English And indeed, We are Able to show you what We have promised them.

  1. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed We
  2. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  3. أَنanthat
  4. نُّرِيَكَnuriyakaWe show you
  5. مَاmāwhat
  6. نَعِدُهُمْnaʿiduhumWe have promised them
  7. لَقَـٰدِرُونَlaqādirūnasurely able

Verse 96

ٱدْفَعْ بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ ٱلسَّيِّئَةَ ۚ نَحْنُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَصِفُونَ

Transliteration id'faʿ bi-allatī hiya aḥsanu l-sayi-ata naḥnu aʿlamu bimā yaṣifūna

English Repel, by [means of] what is best, [their] evil. We are most knowing of what they describe.

  1. ٱدْفَعْid'faʿRepel
  2. بِٱلَّتِىbi-allatīby that
  3. هِىَhiyawhich
  4. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(is) best
  5. ٱلسَّيِّئَةَ ۚl-sayi-atathe evil
  6. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  7. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknow best
  8. بِمَاbimāof what
  9. يَصِفُونَyaṣifūnathey attribute

Verse 97

وَقُل رَّبِّ أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ هَمَزَٰتِ ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِ

Transliteration waqul rabbi aʿūdhu bika min hamazāti l-shayāṭīni

English And say, "My Lord, I seek refuge in You from the incitements of the devils,

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. أَعُوذُaʿūdhuI seek refuge
  4. بِكَbikain You
  5. مِنْminfrom
  6. هَمَزَٰتِhamazāti(the) suggestions
  7. ٱلشَّيَـٰطِينِl-shayāṭīni(of) the evil ones

Verse 98

وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ رَبِّ أَن يَحْضُرُونِ

Transliteration wa-aʿūdhu bika rabbi an yaḥḍurūni

English And I seek refuge in You, my Lord, lest they be present with me."

  1. وَأَعُوذُwa-aʿūdhuAnd I seek refuge
  2. بِكَbikain You
  3. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  4. أَنanLest
  5. يَحْضُرُونِyaḥḍurūnithey be present with me

Verse 99

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَحَدَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ قَالَ رَبِّ ٱرْجِعُونِ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā jāa aḥadahumu l-mawtu qāla rabbi ir'jiʿūni

English [For such is the state of the disbelievers] until, when death comes to one of them, he says, "My Lord, send me back

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāUntil
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. جَآءَjāacomes
  4. أَحَدَهُمُaḥadahumu(to) one of them
  5. ٱلْمَوْتُl-mawtuthe death
  6. قَالَqālahe says
  7. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  8. ٱرْجِعُونِir'jiʿūniSend me back

Verse 100

لَعَلِّىٓ أَعْمَلُ صَـٰلِحًا فِيمَا تَرَكْتُ ۚ كَلَّآ ۚ إِنَّهَا كَلِمَةٌ هُوَ قَآئِلُهَا ۖ وَمِن وَرَآئِهِم بَرْزَخٌ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ

Transliteration laʿallī aʿmalu ṣāliḥan fīmā taraktu kallā innahā kalimatun huwa qāiluhā wamin warāihim barzakhun ilā yawmi yub'ʿathūna

English That I might do righteousness in that which I left behind." No! It is only a word he is saying; and behind them is a barrier until the Day they are resurrected.

  1. لَعَلِّىٓlaʿallīThat I may
  2. أَعْمَلُaʿmaludo
  3. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanrighteous (deeds)
  4. فِيمَاfīmāin what
  5. تَرَكْتُ ۚtaraktuI left behind
  6. كَلَّآ ۚkallāNo
  7. إِنَّهَاinnahāIndeed, it
  8. كَلِمَةٌkalimatun(is) a word
  9. هُوَhuwahe
  10. قَآئِلُهَا ۖqāiluhāspeaks it
  11. وَمِنwaminand before them
  12. وَرَآئِهِمwarāihimand before them
  13. بَرْزَخٌbarzakhun(is) a barrier
  14. إِلَىٰilātill
  15. يَوْمِyawmi(the) Day
  16. يُبْعَثُونَyub'ʿathūnathey are resurrected

Verse 101

فَإِذَا نُفِخَ فِى ٱلصُّورِ فَلَآ أَنسَابَ بَيْنَهُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ وَلَا يَتَسَآءَلُونَ

Transliteration fa-idhā nufikha fī l-ṣūri falā ansāba baynahum yawma-idhin walā yatasāalūna

English So when the Horn is blown, no relationship will there be among them that Day, nor will they ask about one another.

  1. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  2. نُفِخَnufikhais blown
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلصُّورِl-ṣūrithe trumpet
  5. فَلَآfalāthen not
  6. أَنسَابَansāba(there) will be relationship
  7. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumamong them
  8. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinthat Day
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. يَتَسَآءَلُونَyatasāalūnawill they ask each other

Verse 102

فَمَن ثَقُلَتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration faman thaqulat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna

English And those whose scales are heavy [with good deeds] - it is they who are the successful.

  1. فَمَنfamanThen (the one) whose
  2. ثَقُلَتْthaqulat(are) heavy
  3. مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
  4. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  5. هُمُhumuthey
  6. ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūna(are) the successful

Verse 103

وَمَنْ خَفَّتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فِى جَهَنَّمَ خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration waman khaffat mawāzīnuhu fa-ulāika alladhīna khasirū anfusahum fī jahannama khālidūna

English But those whose scales are light - those are the ones who have lost their souls, [being] in Hell, abiding eternally.

  1. وَمَنْwamanBut (the one) whose
  2. خَفَّتْkhaffat(are) light
  3. مَوَٰزِينُهُۥmawāzīnuhuhis scales
  4. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathey [who]
  6. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirūhave lost
  7. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumtheir souls
  8. فِىfīin
  9. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  10. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūnathey (will) abide forever

Verse 104

تَلْفَحُ وُجُوهَهُمُ ٱلنَّارُ وَهُمْ فِيهَا كَـٰلِحُونَ

Transliteration talfaḥu wujūhahumu l-nāru wahum fīhā kāliḥūna

English The Fire will sear their faces, and they therein will have taut smiles.

  1. تَلْفَحُtalfaḥuWill burn
  2. وُجُوهَهُمُwujūhahumutheir faces
  3. ٱلنَّارُl-nāruthe Fire
  4. وَهُمْwahumand they
  5. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  6. كَـٰلِحُونَkāliḥūna(will) grin with displaced lips

Verse 105

أَلَمْ تَكُنْ ءَايَـٰتِى تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ فَكُنتُم بِهَا تُكَذِّبُونَ

Transliteration alam takun āyātī tut'lā ʿalaykum fakuntum bihā tukadhibūna

English [It will be said], "Were not My verses recited to you and you used to deny them?"

  1. أَلَمْalamWere not
  2. تَكُنْtakunWere not
  3. ءَايَـٰتِىāyātīMy Verses
  4. تُتْلَىٰtut'lārecited
  5. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumto you
  6. فَكُنتُمfakuntumand you used (to)
  7. بِهَاbihādeny them
  8. تُكَذِّبُونَtukadhibūnadeny them

Verse 106

قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا غَلَبَتْ عَلَيْنَا شِقْوَتُنَا وَكُنَّا قَوْمًا ضَآلِّينَ

Transliteration qālū rabbanā ghalabat ʿalaynā shiq'watunā wakunnā qawman ḍāllīna

English They will say, "Our Lord, our wretchedness overcame us, and we were a people astray.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey (will) say
  2. رَبَّنَاrabbanāOur Lord
  3. غَلَبَتْghalabatOvercame
  4. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynā[on] us
  5. شِقْوَتُنَاshiq'watunāour wretchedness
  6. وَكُنَّاwakunnāand we were
  7. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  8. ضَآلِّينَḍāllīnaastray

Verse 107

رَبَّنَآ أَخْرِجْنَا مِنْهَا فَإِنْ عُدْنَا فَإِنَّا ظَـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration rabbanā akhrij'nā min'hā fa-in ʿud'nā fa-innā ẓālimūna

English Our Lord, remove us from it, and if we were to return [to evil], we would indeed be wrongdoers."

  1. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  2. أَخْرِجْنَاakhrij'nāBring us out
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāfrom it
  4. فَإِنْfa-inthen if
  5. عُدْنَاʿud'nāwe return
  6. فَإِنَّاfa-innāthen indeed, we
  7. ظَـٰلِمُونَẓālimūna(would be) wrongdoers

Verse 108

قَالَ ٱخْسَـُٔوا۟ فِيهَا وَلَا تُكَلِّمُونِ

Transliteration qāla ikh'saū fīhā walā tukallimūni

English He will say, "Remain despised therein and do not speak to Me.

  1. قَالَqālaHe (will) say
  2. ٱخْسَـُٔوا۟ikh'saūRemain despised
  3. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  4. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  5. تُكَلِّمُونِtukallimūnispeak to Me

Verse 109

إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ فَرِيقٌ مِّنْ عِبَادِى يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ

Transliteration innahu kāna farīqun min ʿibādī yaqūlūna rabbanā āmannā fa-igh'fir lanā wa-ir'ḥamnā wa-anta khayru l-rāḥimīna

English Indeed, there was a party of My servants who said, 'Our Lord, we have believed, so forgive us and have mercy upon us, and You are the best of the merciful.'

  1. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed
  2. كَانَkāna(there) was
  3. فَرِيقٌۭfarīquna party
  4. مِّنْminof
  5. عِبَادِىʿibādīMy slaves
  6. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūna(who) said
  7. رَبَّنَآrabbanāOur Lord
  8. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  9. فَٱغْفِرْfa-igh'firso forgive
  10. لَنَاlanāus
  11. وَٱرْحَمْنَاwa-ir'ḥamnāand have mercy on us
  12. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  13. خَيْرُkhayru(are) best
  14. ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَl-rāḥimīna(of) those who show mercy

Verse 110

فَٱتَّخَذْتُمُوهُمْ سِخْرِيًّا حَتَّىٰٓ أَنسَوْكُمْ ذِكْرِى وَكُنتُم مِّنْهُمْ تَضْحَكُونَ

Transliteration fa-ittakhadhtumūhum sikh'riyyan ḥattā ansawkum dhik'rī wakuntum min'hum taḍḥakūna

English But you took them in mockery to the point that they made you forget My remembrance, and you used to laugh at them.

  1. فَٱتَّخَذْتُمُوهُمْfa-ittakhadhtumūhumBut you took them
  2. سِخْرِيًّاsikh'riyyan(in) mockery
  3. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  4. أَنسَوْكُمْansawkumthey made you forget
  5. ذِكْرِىdhik'rīMy remembrance
  6. وَكُنتُمwakuntumand you used (to)
  7. مِّنْهُمْmin'humat them
  8. تَضْحَكُونَtaḍḥakūnalaugh

Verse 111

إِنِّى جَزَيْتُهُمُ ٱلْيَوْمَ بِمَا صَبَرُوٓا۟ أَنَّهُمْ هُمُ ٱلْفَآئِزُونَ

Transliteration innī jazaytuhumu l-yawma bimā ṣabarū annahum humu l-fāizūna

English Indeed, I have rewarded them this Day for their patient endurance - that they are the attainers [of success]."

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. جَزَيْتُهُمُjazaytuhumuhave rewarded them
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmathis Day
  4. بِمَاbimābecause
  5. صَبَرُوٓا۟ṣabarūthey were patient
  6. أَنَّهُمْannahumindeed, they
  7. هُمُhumu[they]
  8. ٱلْفَآئِزُونَl-fāizūna(are) the successful ones

Verse 112

قَـٰلَ كَمْ لَبِثْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ عَدَدَ سِنِينَ

Transliteration qāla kam labith'tum fī l-arḍi ʿadada sinīna

English [Allāh] will say, "How long did you remain on earth in number of years?"

  1. قَـٰلَqālaHe will say
  2. كَمْkamHow long
  3. لَبِثْتُمْlabith'tumdid you remain
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. عَدَدَʿadada(in) number
  7. سِنِينَsinīna(of) years

Verse 113

قَالُوا۟ لَبِثْنَا يَوْمًا أَوْ بَعْضَ يَوْمٍ فَسْـَٔلِ ٱلْعَآدِّينَ

Transliteration qālū labith'nā yawman aw baʿḍa yawmin fasali l-ʿādīna

English They will say, "We remained a day or part of a day; ask those who enumerate."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey will say
  2. لَبِثْنَاlabith'nāWe remained
  3. يَوْمًاyawmana day
  4. أَوْawor
  5. بَعْضَbaʿḍaa part
  6. يَوْمٍۢyawmin(of) a day
  7. فَسْـَٔلِfasalibut ask
  8. ٱلْعَآدِّينَl-ʿādīnathose who keep count

Verse 114

قَـٰلَ إِن لَّبِثْتُمْ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا ۖ لَّوْ أَنَّكُمْ كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration qāla in labith'tum illā qalīlan law annakum kuntum taʿlamūna

English He will say, "You stayed not but a little - if only you had known.

  1. قَـٰلَqālaHe will say
  2. إِنinNot
  3. لَّبِثْتُمْlabith'tumyou stayed
  4. إِلَّاillābut
  5. قَلِيلًۭا ۖqalīlana little
  6. لَّوْlawif
  7. أَنَّكُمْannakumonly you
  8. كُنتُمْkuntum[you]
  9. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknew

Verse 115

أَفَحَسِبْتُمْ أَنَّمَا خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْ عَبَثًا وَأَنَّكُمْ إِلَيْنَا لَا تُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration afaḥasib'tum annamā khalaqnākum ʿabathan wa-annakum ilaynā lā tur'jaʿūna

English Then did you think that We created you uselessly and that to Us you would not be returned?"

  1. أَفَحَسِبْتُمْafaḥasib'tumThen did you think
  2. أَنَّمَاannamāthat
  3. خَلَقْنَـٰكُمْkhalaqnākumWe created you
  4. عَبَثًۭاʿabathanuselessly
  5. وَأَنَّكُمْwa-annakumand that you
  6. إِلَيْنَاilaynāto Us
  7. لَاlānot
  8. تُرْجَعُونَtur'jaʿūnawill be returned

Verse 116

فَتَعَـٰلَى ٱللَّهُ ٱلْمَلِكُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۖ لَآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ رَبُّ ٱلْعَرْشِ ٱلْكَرِيمِ

Transliteration fataʿālā l-lahu l-maliku l-ḥaqu lā ilāha illā huwa rabbu l-ʿarshi l-karīmi

English So exalted is Allāh, the Sovereign, the Truth; there is no deity except Him, Lord of the Noble Throne.

  1. فَتَعَـٰلَىfataʿālāSo exalted is
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  3. ٱلْمَلِكُl-malikuthe King
  4. ٱلْحَقُّ ۖl-ḥaquthe Truth
  5. لَآlā(There is) no
  6. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. هُوَhuwaHim
  9. رَبُّrabbu(the) Lord
  10. ٱلْعَرْشِl-ʿarshi(of) the Throne
  11. ٱلْكَرِيمِl-karīmiHonorable

Verse 117

وَمَن يَدْعُ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَـٰهًا ءَاخَرَ لَا بُرْهَـٰنَ لَهُۥ بِهِۦ فَإِنَّمَا حِسَابُهُۥ عِندَ رَبِّهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration waman yadʿu maʿa l-lahi ilāhan ākhara lā bur'hāna lahu bihi fa-innamā ḥisābuhu ʿinda rabbihi innahu lā yuf'liḥu l-kāfirūna

English And whoever invokes besides Allāh another deity for which he has no proof - then his account is only with his Lord. Indeed, the disbelievers will not succeed.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. يَدْعُyadʿuinvokes
  3. مَعَmaʿawith
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. إِلَـٰهًاilāhangod
  6. ءَاخَرَākharaother
  7. لَاlāno
  8. بُرْهَـٰنَbur'hānaproof
  9. لَهُۥlahufor him
  10. بِهِۦbihiin it
  11. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāThen only
  12. حِسَابُهُۥḥisābuhuhis account
  13. عِندَʿinda(is) with
  14. رَبِّهِۦٓ ۚrabbihihis Lord
  15. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, [he]
  16. لَاlānot
  17. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥuwill succeed
  18. ٱلْكَـٰفِرُونَl-kāfirūnathe disbelievers

Verse 118

وَقُل رَّبِّ ٱغْفِرْ وَٱرْحَمْ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ

Transliteration waqul rabbi igh'fir wa-ir'ḥam wa-anta khayru l-rāḥimīna

English And, [O Muḥammad], say, "My Lord, forgive and have mercy, and You are the best of the merciful."

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. رَّبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱغْفِرْigh'firForgive
  4. وَٱرْحَمْwa-ir'ḥamand have mercy
  5. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  6. خَيْرُkhayru(are the) Best
  7. ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَl-rāḥimīna(of) those who show mercy

Surah An-Nur النور verses 1–64

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

سُورَةٌ أَنزَلْنَـٰهَا وَفَرَضْنَـٰهَا وَأَنزَلْنَا فِيهَآ ءَايَـٰتٍۭ بَيِّنَـٰتٍ لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration sūratun anzalnāhā wafaraḍnāhā wa-anzalnā fīhā āyātin bayyinātin laʿallakum tadhakkarūna

English [This is] a sūrah which We have sent down and made [that within it] obligatory and revealed therein verses of clear evidence that you might remember.

  1. سُورَةٌsūratunA Surah
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهَاanzalnāhāWe (have) sent it down
  3. وَفَرَضْنَـٰهَاwafaraḍnāhāand We (have) made it obligatory
  4. وَأَنزَلْنَاwa-anzalnāand We (have) revealed
  5. فِيهَآfīhātherein
  6. ءَايَـٰتٍۭāyātinVerses
  7. بَيِّنَـٰتٍۢbayyinātinclear
  8. لَّعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  9. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnatake heed

Verse 2

ٱلزَّانِيَةُ وَٱلزَّانِى فَٱجْلِدُوا۟ كُلَّ وَٰحِدٍ مِّنْهُمَا مِا۟ئَةَ جَلْدَةٍ ۖ وَلَا تَأْخُذْكُم بِهِمَا رَأْفَةٌ فِى دِينِ ٱللَّهِ إِن كُنتُمْ تُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ ۖ وَلْيَشْهَدْ عَذَابَهُمَا طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration al-zāniyatu wal-zānī fa-ij'lidū kulla wāḥidin min'humā mi-ata jaldatin walā takhudh'kum bihimā rafatun fī dīni l-lahi in kuntum tu'minūna bil-lahi wal-yawmi l-ākhiri walyashhad ʿadhābahumā ṭāifatun mina l-mu'minīna

English The [unmarried] woman or [unmarried] man found guilty of sexual intercourse - lash each one of them with a hundred lashes, and do not be taken by pity for them in the religion [i.e., law] of Allāh, if you should believe in Allāh and the Last Day. And let a group of the believers witness their punishment.

  1. ٱلزَّانِيَةُal-zāniyatuThe fornicatress
  2. وَٱلزَّانِىwal-zānīand the fornicator
  3. فَٱجْلِدُوا۟fa-ij'lidū[then] flog
  4. كُلَّkullaeach
  5. وَٰحِدٍۢwāḥidinone
  6. مِّنْهُمَاmin'humāof them
  7. مِا۟ئَةَmi-ata(with) hundred
  8. جَلْدَةٍۢ ۖjaldatinlash(es)
  9. وَلَاwalāAnd (let) not
  10. تَأْخُذْكُمtakhudh'kumwithhold you
  11. بِهِمَاbihimāpity for them
  12. رَأْفَةٌۭrafatunpity for them
  13. فِىfīconcerning
  14. دِينِdīni(the) religion of Allah
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(the) religion of Allah
  16. إِنinif
  17. كُنتُمْkuntumyou
  18. تُؤْمِنُونَtu'minūnabelieve
  19. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  20. وَٱلْيَوْمِwal-yawmiand the Day
  21. ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ ۖl-ākhirithe Last
  22. وَلْيَشْهَدْwalyashhadAnd let witness
  23. عَذَابَهُمَاʿadhābahumātheir punishment
  24. طَآئِفَةٌۭṭāifatuna group
  25. مِّنَminaof
  26. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 3

ٱلزَّانِى لَا يَنكِحُ إِلَّا زَانِيَةً أَوْ مُشْرِكَةً وَٱلزَّانِيَةُ لَا يَنكِحُهَآ إِلَّا زَانٍ أَوْ مُشْرِكٌ ۚ وَحُرِّمَ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration al-zānī lā yankiḥu illā zāniyatan aw mush'rikatan wal-zāniyatu lā yankiḥuhā illā zānin aw mush'rikun waḥurrima dhālika ʿalā l-mu'minīna

English The fornicator does not marry except a [female] fornicator or polytheist, and none marries her except a fornicator or a polytheist, and that [i.e., marriage to such persons] has been made unlawful to the believers.

  1. ٱلزَّانِىal-zānīThe fornicator
  2. لَاlā(will) not
  3. يَنكِحُyankiḥumarry
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. زَانِيَةًzāniyatana fornicatress
  6. أَوْawor
  7. مُشْرِكَةًۭmush'rikatana polytheist woman
  8. وَٱلزَّانِيَةُwal-zāniyatuand the fornicatress
  9. لَاlā(will) not
  10. يَنكِحُهَآyankiḥuhāmarry her
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. زَانٍzānina fornicator
  13. أَوْawor
  14. مُشْرِكٌۭ ۚmush'rikuna polytheist man
  15. وَحُرِّمَwaḥurrimaAnd is forbidden
  16. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  17. عَلَىʿalāto
  18. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīnathe believers

Verse 4

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَرْمُونَ ٱلْمُحْصَنَـٰتِ ثُمَّ لَمْ يَأْتُوا۟ بِأَرْبَعَةِ شُهَدَآءَ فَٱجْلِدُوهُمْ ثَمَـٰنِينَ جَلْدَةً وَلَا تَقْبَلُوا۟ لَهُمْ شَهَـٰدَةً أَبَدًا ۚ وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَـٰسِقُونَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yarmūna l-muḥ'ṣanāti thumma lam yatū bi-arbaʿati shuhadāa fa-ij'lidūhum thamānīna jaldatan walā taqbalū lahum shahādatan abadan wa-ulāika humu l-fāsiqūna

English And those who accuse chaste women and then do not produce four witnesses - lash them with eighty lashes and do not accept from them testimony ever after. And those are the defiantly disobedient,

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَرْمُونَyarmūnaaccuse
  3. ٱلْمُحْصَنَـٰتِl-muḥ'ṣanātithe chaste women
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. لَمْlamnot
  6. يَأْتُوا۟yatūthey bring
  7. بِأَرْبَعَةِbi-arbaʿatifour
  8. شُهَدَآءَshuhadāawitnesses
  9. فَٱجْلِدُوهُمْfa-ij'lidūhumthen flog them
  10. ثَمَـٰنِينَthamānīna(with) eighty
  11. جَلْدَةًۭjaldatanlashe(s)
  12. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  13. تَقْبَلُوا۟taqbalūaccept
  14. لَهُمْlahumtheir
  15. شَهَـٰدَةًshahādatantestimony
  16. أَبَدًۭا ۚabadanever
  17. وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَwa-ulāikaAnd those
  18. هُمُhumuthey
  19. ٱلْفَـٰسِقُونَl-fāsiqūna(are) the defiantly disobedient

Verse 5

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration illā alladhīna tābū min baʿdi dhālika wa-aṣlaḥū fa-inna l-laha ghafūrun raḥīmun

English Except for those who repent thereafter and reform, for indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. تَابُوا۟tābūrepent
  4. مِنۢminafter
  5. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  6. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  7. وَأَصْلَحُوا۟wa-aṣlaḥūand reform
  8. فَإِنَّfa-innaThen indeed
  9. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  10. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  11. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 6

وَٱلَّذِينَ يَرْمُونَ أَزْوَٰجَهُمْ وَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُمْ شُهَدَآءُ إِلَّآ أَنفُسُهُمْ فَشَهَـٰدَةُ أَحَدِهِمْ أَرْبَعُ شَهَـٰدَٰتٍۭ بِٱللَّهِ ۙ إِنَّهُۥ لَمِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna yarmūna azwājahum walam yakun lahum shuhadāu illā anfusuhum fashahādatu aḥadihim arbaʿu shahādātin bil-lahi innahu lamina l-ṣādiqīna

English And those who accuse their wives [of adultery] and have no witnesses except themselves - then the witness of one of them [shall be] four testimonies [swearing] by Allāh that indeed, he is of the truthful.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  2. يَرْمُونَyarmūnaaccuse
  3. أَزْوَٰجَهُمْazwājahumtheir spouses
  4. وَلَمْwalamand not
  5. يَكُنyakunhave
  6. لَّهُمْlahumfor them
  7. شُهَدَآءُshuhadāuwitnesses
  8. إِلَّآillāexcept
  9. أَنفُسُهُمْanfusuhumthemselves
  10. فَشَهَـٰدَةُfashahādatuthen (the) testimony
  11. أَحَدِهِمْaḥadihim(of) one of them
  12. أَرْبَعُarbaʿu(is) four
  13. شَهَـٰدَٰتٍۭshahādātintestimonies
  14. بِٱللَّهِ ۙbil-lahiby Allah
  15. إِنَّهُۥinnahuthat he
  16. لَمِنَlamina(is) surely of
  17. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 7

وَٱلْخَـٰمِسَةُ أَنَّ لَعْنَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ إِن كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration wal-khāmisatu anna laʿnata l-lahi ʿalayhi in kāna mina l-kādhibīna

English And the fifth [oath will be] that the curse of Allāh be upon him if he should be of the liars.

  1. وَٱلْخَـٰمِسَةُwal-khāmisatuAnd the fifth
  2. أَنَّannathat
  3. لَعْنَتَlaʿnata(the) curse of Allah
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(the) curse of Allah
  5. عَلَيْهِʿalayhi(be) upon him
  6. إِنinif
  7. كَانَkānahe is
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 8

وَيَدْرَؤُا۟ عَنْهَا ٱلْعَذَابَ أَن تَشْهَدَ أَرْبَعَ شَهَـٰدَٰتٍۭ بِٱللَّهِ ۙ إِنَّهُۥ لَمِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration wayadra-u ʿanhā l-ʿadhāba an tashhada arbaʿa shahādātin bil-lahi innahu lamina l-kādhibīna

English But it will prevent punishment from her if she gives four testimonies [swearing] by Allāh that indeed, he is of the liars.

  1. وَيَدْرَؤُا۟wayadra-uBut it would prevent
  2. عَنْهَاʿanhāfrom her
  3. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  4. أَنanthat
  5. تَشْهَدَtashhadashe bears witness
  6. أَرْبَعَarbaʿafour
  7. شَهَـٰدَٰتٍۭshahādātintestimonies
  8. بِٱللَّهِ ۙbil-lahiby Allah
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuthat he
  10. لَمِنَlamina(is) surely of
  11. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 9

وَٱلْخَـٰمِسَةَ أَنَّ غَضَبَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَآ إِن كَانَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wal-khāmisata anna ghaḍaba l-lahi ʿalayhā in kāna mina l-ṣādiqīna

English And the fifth [oath will be] that the wrath of Allāh be upon her if he was of the truthful.

  1. وَٱلْخَـٰمِسَةَwal-khāmisataAnd the fifth
  2. أَنَّannathat
  3. غَضَبَghaḍabathe wrath of Allah
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahithe wrath of Allah
  5. عَلَيْهَآʿalayhā(be) upon her
  6. إِنinif
  7. كَانَkānahe is
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 10

وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ تَوَّابٌ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration walawlā faḍlu l-lahi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu wa-anna l-laha tawwābun ḥakīmun

English And if not for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy... and because Allāh is Accepting of Repentance and Wise.

  1. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  2. فَضْلُfaḍlu(for) the Grace of Allah
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(for) the Grace of Allah
  4. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  5. وَرَحْمَتُهُۥwaraḥmatuhuand His Mercy
  6. وَأَنَّwa-annaand that
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. تَوَّابٌtawwābun(is) Oft-Returning (to Mercy)
  9. حَكِيمٌḥakīmunAll-Wise

Verse 11

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ جَآءُو بِٱلْإِفْكِ عُصْبَةٌ مِّنكُمْ ۚ لَا تَحْسَبُوهُ شَرًّا لَّكُم ۖ بَلْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ ۚ لِكُلِّ ٱمْرِئٍ مِّنْهُم مَّا ٱكْتَسَبَ مِنَ ٱلْإِثْمِ ۚ وَٱلَّذِى تَوَلَّىٰ كِبْرَهُۥ مِنْهُمْ لَهُۥ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration inna alladhīna jāū bil-if'ki ʿuṣ'batun minkum lā taḥsabūhu sharran lakum bal huwa khayrun lakum likulli im'ri-in min'hum mā ik'tasaba mina l-ith'mi wa-alladhī tawallā kib'rahu min'hum lahu ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

English Indeed, those who came with falsehood are a group among you. Do not think it bad for you; rather, it is good for you. For every person among them is what [punishment] he has earned from the sin, and he who took upon himself the greater portion thereof - for him is a great punishment [i.e., Hellfire].

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. جَآءُوjāūbrought
  4. بِٱلْإِفْكِbil-if'kithe lie
  5. عُصْبَةٌۭʿuṣ'batun(are) a group
  6. مِّنكُمْ ۚminkumamong you
  7. لَاlā(Do) not
  8. تَحْسَبُوهُtaḥsabūhuthink it
  9. شَرًّۭاsharranbad
  10. لَّكُم ۖlakumfor you
  11. بَلْbalnay
  12. هُوَhuwait
  13. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) good
  14. لَّكُمْ ۚlakumfor you
  15. لِكُلِّlikulliFor every
  16. ٱمْرِئٍۢim'ri-inperson
  17. مِّنْهُمmin'humamong them
  18. مَّاmā(is) what
  19. ٱكْتَسَبَik'tasabahe earned
  20. مِنَminaof
  21. ٱلْإِثْمِ ۚl-ith'mithe sin
  22. وَٱلَّذِىwa-alladhīand the one who
  23. تَوَلَّىٰtawallātook upon himself a greater share of it
  24. كِبْرَهُۥkib'rahutook upon himself a greater share of it
  25. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  26. لَهُۥlahufor him
  27. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  28. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 12

لَّوْلَآ إِذْ سَمِعْتُمُوهُ ظَنَّ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتُ بِأَنفُسِهِمْ خَيْرًا وَقَالُوا۟ هَـٰذَآ إِفْكٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration lawlā idh samiʿ'tumūhu ẓanna l-mu'minūna wal-mu'minātu bi-anfusihim khayran waqālū hādhā if'kun mubīnun

English Why, when you heard it, did not the believing men and believing women think good of themselves [i.e., one another] and say, "This is an obvious falsehood"?

  1. لَّوْلَآlawlāWhy not
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. سَمِعْتُمُوهُsamiʿ'tumūhuyou heard it
  4. ظَنَّẓannathink
  5. ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَl-mu'minūnathe believing men
  6. وَٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتُwal-mu'minātuand the believing women
  7. بِأَنفُسِهِمْbi-anfusihimgood of themselves
  8. خَيْرًۭاkhayrangood of themselves
  9. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūand say
  10. هَـٰذَآhādhāThis
  11. إِفْكٌۭif'kun(is) a lie
  12. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 13

لَّوْلَا جَآءُو عَلَيْهِ بِأَرْبَعَةِ شُهَدَآءَ ۚ فَإِذْ لَمْ يَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلشُّهَدَآءِ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ هُمُ ٱلْكَـٰذِبُونَ

Transliteration lawlā jāū ʿalayhi bi-arbaʿati shuhadāa fa-idh lam yatū bil-shuhadāi fa-ulāika ʿinda l-lahi humu l-kādhibūna

English Why did they [who slandered] not produce for it four witnesses? And when they do not produce the witnesses, then it is they, in the sight of Allāh, who are the liars.

  1. لَّوْلَاlawlāWhy (did) not
  2. جَآءُوjāūthey bring
  3. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  4. بِأَرْبَعَةِbi-arbaʿatifour
  5. شُهَدَآءَ ۚshuhadāawitnesses
  6. فَإِذْfa-idhThen when
  7. لَمْlamnot
  8. يَأْتُوا۟yatūthey brought
  9. بِٱلشُّهَدَآءِbil-shuhadāithe witnesses
  10. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  11. عِندَʿindanear Allah
  12. ٱللَّهِl-lahinear Allah
  13. هُمُhumuthey
  14. ٱلْكَـٰذِبُونَl-kādhibūna(are) the liars

Verse 14

وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ لَمَسَّكُمْ فِى مَآ أَفَضْتُمْ فِيهِ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration walawlā faḍlu l-lahi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu fī l-dun'yā wal-ākhirati lamassakum fī mā afaḍtum fīhi ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

English And if it had not been for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy in this world and the Hereafter, you would have been touched for that [lie] in which you were involved by a great punishment

  1. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  2. فَضْلُfaḍlu(for the) Grace
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  4. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  5. وَرَحْمَتُهُۥwaraḥmatuhuand His Mercy
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yāthe world
  8. وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِwal-ākhiratiand the Hereafter
  9. لَمَسَّكُمْlamassakumsurely would have touched you
  10. فِىfīin
  11. مَآmāwhat
  12. أَفَضْتُمْafaḍtumyou had rushed glibly
  13. فِيهِfīhiconcerning it
  14. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  15. عَظِيمٌʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 15

إِذْ تَلَقَّوْنَهُۥ بِأَلْسِنَتِكُمْ وَتَقُولُونَ بِأَفْوَاهِكُم مَّا لَيْسَ لَكُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ وَتَحْسَبُونَهُۥ هَيِّنًا وَهُوَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration idh talaqqawnahu bi-alsinatikum wataqūlūna bi-afwāhikum mā laysa lakum bihi ʿil'mun wataḥsabūnahu hayyinan wahuwa ʿinda l-lahi ʿaẓīmun

English When you received it with your tongues and said with your mouths that of which you had no knowledge and thought it was insignificant while it was, in the sight of Allāh, tremendous.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. تَلَقَّوْنَهُۥtalaqqawnahuyou received it
  3. بِأَلْسِنَتِكُمْbi-alsinatikumwith your tongues
  4. وَتَقُولُونَwataqūlūnaand you said
  5. بِأَفْوَاهِكُمbi-afwāhikumwith your mouths
  6. مَّاmāwhat
  7. لَيْسَlaysanot
  8. لَكُمlakumfor you
  9. بِهِۦbihiof it
  10. عِلْمٌۭʿil'munany knowledge
  11. وَتَحْسَبُونَهُۥwataḥsabūnahuand you thought it
  12. هَيِّنًۭاhayyinan(was) insignificant
  13. وَهُوَwahuwawhile it
  14. عِندَʿinda(was) near Allah
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(was) near Allah
  16. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 16

وَلَوْلَآ إِذْ سَمِعْتُمُوهُ قُلْتُم مَّا يَكُونُ لَنَآ أَن نَّتَكَلَّمَ بِهَـٰذَا سُبْحَـٰنَكَ هَـٰذَا بُهْتَـٰنٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration walawlā idh samiʿ'tumūhu qul'tum mā yakūnu lanā an natakallama bihādhā sub'ḥānaka hādhā buh'tānun ʿaẓīmun

English And why, when you heard it, did you not say, "It is not for us to speak of this. Exalted are You, [O Allāh]; this is a great slander"?

  1. وَلَوْلَآwalawlāAnd why not
  2. إِذْidhwhen
  3. سَمِعْتُمُوهُsamiʿ'tumūhuyou heard it
  4. قُلْتُمqul'tumyou said
  5. مَّاmāNot
  6. يَكُونُyakūnuit is
  7. لَنَآlanāfor us
  8. أَنanthat
  9. نَّتَكَلَّمَnatakallamawe speak
  10. بِهَـٰذَاbihādhāof this
  11. سُبْحَـٰنَكَsub'ḥānakaGlory be to You
  12. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  13. بُهْتَـٰنٌbuh'tānun(is) a slander
  14. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 17

يَعِظُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ أَن تَعُودُوا۟ لِمِثْلِهِۦٓ أَبَدًا إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration yaʿiẓukumu l-lahu an taʿūdū limith'lihi abadan in kuntum mu'minīna

English Allāh warns you against returning to the likes of this [conduct], ever, if you should be believers.

  1. يَعِظُكُمُyaʿiẓukumuAllah warns you
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah warns you
  3. أَنanthat
  4. تَعُودُوا۟taʿūdūyou return
  5. لِمِثْلِهِۦٓlimith'lihi(to the) like of it
  6. أَبَدًاabadanever
  7. إِنinif
  8. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  9. مُّؤْمِنِينَmu'minīnabelievers

Verse 18

وَيُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration wayubayyinu l-lahu lakumu l-āyāti wal-lahu ʿalīmun ḥakīmun

English And Allāh makes clear to you the verses [i.e., His rulings], and Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

  1. وَيُبَيِّنُwayubayyinuAnd Allah makes clear
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah makes clear
  3. لَكُمُlakumuto you
  4. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ۚl-āyātithe Verses
  5. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  6. عَلِيمٌʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  7. حَكِيمٌḥakīmunAll-Wise

Verse 19

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يُحِبُّونَ أَن تَشِيعَ ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةُ فِى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna yuḥibbūna an tashīʿa l-fāḥishatu fī alladhīna āmanū lahum ʿadhābun alīmun fī l-dun'yā wal-ākhirati wal-lahu yaʿlamu wa-antum lā taʿlamūna

English Indeed, those who like that immorality should be spread [or publicized] among those who have believed will have a painful punishment in this world and the Hereafter. And Allāh knows and you do not know.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. يُحِبُّونَyuḥibbūnalike
  4. أَنanthat
  5. تَشِيعَtashīʿa(should) spread
  6. ٱلْفَـٰحِشَةُl-fāḥishatuthe immorality
  7. فِىfīamong
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  10. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  11. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  12. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful
  13. فِىfīin
  14. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yāthe world
  15. وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ ۚwal-ākhiratiand the Hereafter
  16. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  17. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  18. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumwhile you
  19. لَاlā(do) not
  20. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 20

وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ رَءُوفٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration walawlā faḍlu l-lahi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu wa-anna l-laha raūfun raḥīmun

English And if it had not been for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy... and because Allāh is Kind and Merciful.

  1. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  2. فَضْلُfaḍlu(for the) Grace of Allah
  3. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(for the) Grace of Allah
  4. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  5. وَرَحْمَتُهُۥwaraḥmatuhuand His Mercy
  6. وَأَنَّwa-annaAnd that
  7. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  8. رَءُوفٌۭraūfun(is) Full of Kindness
  9. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 21

۞ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ ۚ وَمَن يَتَّبِعْ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ فَإِنَّهُۥ يَأْمُرُ بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ وَٱلْمُنكَرِ ۚ وَلَوْلَا فَضْلُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَتُهُۥ مَا زَكَىٰ مِنكُم مِّنْ أَحَدٍ أَبَدًا وَلَـٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُزَكِّى مَن يَشَآءُ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū lā tattabiʿū khuṭuwāti l-shayṭāni waman yattabiʿ khuṭuwāti l-shayṭāni fa-innahu yamuru bil-faḥshāi wal-munkari walawlā faḍlu l-lahi ʿalaykum waraḥmatuhu mā zakā minkum min aḥadin abadan walākinna l-laha yuzakkī man yashāu wal-lahu samīʿun ʿalīmun

English O you who have believed, do not follow the footsteps of Satan. And whoever follows the footsteps of Satan - indeed, he enjoins immorality and wrongdoing. And if not for the favor of Allāh upon you and His mercy, not one of you would have been pure, ever, but Allāh purifies whom He wills, and Allāh is Hearing and Knowing.

  1. ۞ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you who believe
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaO you who believe
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūO you who believe
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَتَّبِعُوا۟tattabiʿūfollow
  6. خُطُوَٰتِkhuṭuwāti(the) footsteps
  7. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِ ۚl-shayṭāni(of) the Shaitaan
  8. وَمَنwamanand whoever
  9. يَتَّبِعْyattabiʿfollows
  10. خُطُوَٰتِkhuṭuwāti(the) footsteps
  11. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنِl-shayṭāni(of) the Shaitaan
  12. فَإِنَّهُۥfa-innahuthen indeed, he
  13. يَأْمُرُyamurucommands
  14. بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِbil-faḥshāithe immorality
  15. وَٱلْمُنكَرِ ۚwal-munkariand the evil
  16. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  17. فَضْلُfaḍlu(for the) Grace of Allah
  18. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(for the) Grace of Allah
  19. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  20. وَرَحْمَتُهُۥwaraḥmatuhuand His Mercy
  21. مَاmānot
  22. زَكَىٰzakā(would) have been pure
  23. مِنكُمminkumamong you
  24. مِّنْminanyone
  25. أَحَدٍaḥadinanyone
  26. أَبَدًۭاabadanever
  27. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  28. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  29. يُزَكِّىyuzakkīpurifies
  30. مَنmanwhom
  31. يَشَآءُ ۗyashāuHe wills
  32. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  33. سَمِيعٌsamīʿun(is) All-Hearer
  34. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 22

وَلَا يَأْتَلِ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْفَضْلِ مِنكُمْ وَٱلسَّعَةِ أَن يُؤْتُوٓا۟ أُو۟لِى ٱلْقُرْبَىٰ وَٱلْمَسَـٰكِينَ وَٱلْمُهَـٰجِرِينَ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَلْيَعْفُوا۟ وَلْيَصْفَحُوٓا۟ ۗ أَلَا تُحِبُّونَ أَن يَغْفِرَ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration walā yatali ulū l-faḍli minkum wal-saʿati an yu'tū ulī l-qur'bā wal-masākīna wal-muhājirīna fī sabīli l-lahi walyaʿfū walyaṣfaḥū alā tuḥibbūna an yaghfira l-lahu lakum wal-lahu ghafūrun raḥīmun

English And let not those of virtue among you and wealth swear not to give [aid] to their relatives and the needy and the emigrants for the cause of Allāh, and let them pardon and overlook. Would you not like that Allāh should forgive you? And Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  2. يَأْتَلِyatalilet swear
  3. أُو۟لُوا۟ulūthose of virtue
  4. ٱلْفَضْلِl-faḍlithose of virtue
  5. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  6. وَٱلسَّعَةِwal-saʿatiand the amplitude of means
  7. أَنanthat
  8. يُؤْتُوٓا۟yu'tūthey give
  9. أُو۟لِىulī(to) the near of kin
  10. ٱلْقُرْبَىٰl-qur'bā(to) the near of kin
  11. وَٱلْمَسَـٰكِينَwal-masākīnaand the needy
  12. وَٱلْمُهَـٰجِرِينَwal-muhājirīnaand the emigrants
  13. فِىfīin
  14. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  15. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(of) Allah
  16. وَلْيَعْفُوا۟walyaʿfūAnd let them pardon
  17. وَلْيَصْفَحُوٓا۟ ۗwalyaṣfaḥūand let them overlook
  18. أَلَاalā(Do) not
  19. تُحِبُّونَtuḥibbūnayou like
  20. أَنanthat
  21. يَغْفِرَyaghfiraAllah should forgive
  22. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah should forgive
  23. لَكُمْ ۗlakumyou
  24. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  25. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  26. رَّحِيمٌraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 23

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَرْمُونَ ٱلْمُحْصَنَـٰتِ ٱلْغَـٰفِلَـٰتِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِ لُعِنُوا۟ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration inna alladhīna yarmūna l-muḥ'ṣanāti l-ghāfilāti l-mu'mināti luʿinū fī l-dun'yā wal-ākhirati walahum ʿadhābun ʿaẓīmun

English Indeed, those who [falsely] accuse chaste, unaware and believing women are cursed in this world and the Hereafter; and they will have a great punishment

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. يَرْمُونَyarmūnaaccuse
  4. ٱلْمُحْصَنَـٰتِl-muḥ'ṣanātithe chaste women
  5. ٱلْغَـٰفِلَـٰتِl-ghāfilātithe unaware women
  6. ٱلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِl-mu'mināti(and) the believing women
  7. لُعِنُوا۟luʿinūare cursed
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yāthe world
  10. وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِwal-ākhiratiand the Hereafter
  11. وَلَهُمْwalahumAnd for them
  12. عَذَابٌʿadhābun(is) a punishment
  13. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmungreat

Verse 24

يَوْمَ تَشْهَدُ عَلَيْهِمْ أَلْسِنَتُهُمْ وَأَيْدِيهِمْ وَأَرْجُلُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration yawma tashhadu ʿalayhim alsinatuhum wa-aydīhim wa-arjuluhum bimā kānū yaʿmalūna

English On a Day when their tongues, their hands and their feet will bear witness against them as to what they used to do.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(On a) Day
  2. تَشْهَدُtashhaduwill bear witness
  3. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimagainst them
  4. أَلْسِنَتُهُمْalsinatuhumtheir tongues
  5. وَأَيْدِيهِمْwa-aydīhimand their hands
  6. وَأَرْجُلُهُمwa-arjuluhumand their feet
  7. بِمَاbimāfor what
  8. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used
  9. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūna(to) do

Verse 25

يَوْمَئِذٍ يُوَفِّيهِمُ ٱللَّهُ دِينَهُمُ ٱلْحَقَّ وَيَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration yawma-idhin yuwaffīhimu l-lahu dīnahumu l-ḥaqa wayaʿlamūna anna l-laha huwa l-ḥaqu l-mubīnu

English That Day, Allāh will pay them in full their true [i.e., deserved] recompense, and they will know that it is Allāh who is the manifest Truth [i.e., perfect in justice].

  1. يَوْمَئِذٍۢyawma-idhinThat Day
  2. يُوَفِّيهِمُyuwaffīhimuAllah will pay them in full
  3. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah will pay them in full
  4. دِينَهُمُdīnahumutheir recompense
  5. ٱلْحَقَّl-ḥaqathe due
  6. وَيَعْلَمُونَwayaʿlamūnaand they will know
  7. أَنَّannathat
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. هُوَhuwaHe
  10. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaqu(is) the Truth
  11. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnuthe Manifest

Verse 26

ٱلْخَبِيثَـٰتُ لِلْخَبِيثِينَ وَٱلْخَبِيثُونَ لِلْخَبِيثَـٰتِ ۖ وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتُ لِلطَّيِّبِينَ وَٱلطَّيِّبُونَ لِلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ مُبَرَّءُونَ مِمَّا يَقُولُونَ ۖ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَرِزْقٌ كَرِيمٌ

Transliteration al-khabīthātu lil'khabīthīna wal-khabīthūna lil'khabīthāti wal-ṭayibātu lilṭṭayyibīna wal-ṭayibūna lilṭṭayyibāti ulāika mubarraūna mimmā yaqūlūna lahum maghfiratun wariz'qun karīmun

English Evil words are for evil men, and evil men are [subjected] to evil words. And good words are for good men, and good men are [an object] of good words. Those [good people] are declared innocent of what they [i.e., slanderers] say. For them is forgiveness and noble provision.

  1. ٱلْخَبِيثَـٰتُal-khabīthātuEvil women
  2. لِلْخَبِيثِينَlil'khabīthīna(are) for evil men
  3. وَٱلْخَبِيثُونَwal-khabīthūnaand evil men
  4. لِلْخَبِيثَـٰتِ ۖlil'khabīthāti(are) for evil women
  5. وَٱلطَّيِّبَـٰتُwal-ṭayibātuAnd good women
  6. لِلطَّيِّبِينَlilṭṭayyibīna(are) for good men
  7. وَٱلطَّيِّبُونَwal-ṭayibūnaand good men
  8. لِلطَّيِّبَـٰتِ ۚlilṭṭayyibāti(are) for good women
  9. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  10. مُبَرَّءُونَmubarraūna(are) innocent
  11. مِمَّاmimmāof what
  12. يَقُولُونَ ۖyaqūlūnathey say
  13. لَهُمlahumFor them
  14. مَّغْفِرَةٌۭmaghfiratun(is) forgiveness
  15. وَرِزْقٌۭwariz'qunand a provision
  16. كَرِيمٌۭkarīmunnoble

Verse 27

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَدْخُلُوا۟ بُيُوتًا غَيْرَ بُيُوتِكُمْ حَتَّىٰ تَسْتَأْنِسُوا۟ وَتُسَلِّمُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَهْلِهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū lā tadkhulū buyūtan ghayra buyūtikum ḥattā tastanisū watusallimū ʿalā ahlihā dhālikum khayrun lakum laʿallakum tadhakkarūna

English O you who have believed, do not enter houses other than your own houses until you ascertain welcome and greet their inhabitants. That is best for you; perhaps you will be reminded [i.e., advised].

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَدْخُلُوا۟tadkhulūenter
  6. بُيُوتًاbuyūtanhouses
  7. غَيْرَghayraother (than)
  8. بُيُوتِكُمْbuyūtikumyour houses
  9. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  10. تَسْتَأْنِسُوا۟tastanisūyou have asked permission
  11. وَتُسَلِّمُوا۟watusallimūand you have greeted
  12. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  13. أَهْلِهَا ۚahlihāits inhabitants
  14. ذَٰلِكُمْdhālikumThat
  15. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) best
  16. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  17. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  18. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnapay heed

Verse 28

فَإِن لَّمْ تَجِدُوا۟ فِيهَآ أَحَدًا فَلَا تَدْخُلُوهَا حَتَّىٰ يُؤْذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ وَإِن قِيلَ لَكُمُ ٱرْجِعُوا۟ فَٱرْجِعُوا۟ ۖ هُوَ أَزْكَىٰ لَكُمْ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration fa-in lam tajidū fīhā aḥadan falā tadkhulūhā ḥattā yu'dhana lakum wa-in qīla lakumu ir'jiʿū fa-ir'jiʿū huwa azkā lakum wal-lahu bimā taʿmalūna ʿalīmun

English And if you do not find anyone therein, do not enter them until permission has been given you. And if it is said to you, "Go back," then go back; it is purer for you. And Allāh is Knowing of what you do.

  1. فَإِنfa-inBut if
  2. لَّمْlamnot
  3. تَجِدُوا۟tajidūyou find
  4. فِيهَآfīhāin it
  5. أَحَدًۭاaḥadananyone
  6. فَلَاfalāthen (do) not
  7. تَدْخُلُوهَاtadkhulūhāenter it
  8. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  9. يُؤْذَنَyu'dhanapermission has been given
  10. لَكُمْ ۖlakumto you
  11. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  12. قِيلَqīlait is said
  13. لَكُمُlakumuto you
  14. ٱرْجِعُوا۟ir'jiʿūGo back
  15. فَٱرْجِعُوا۟ ۖfa-ir'jiʿūthen go back
  16. هُوَhuwait
  17. أَزْكَىٰazkā(is) purer
  18. لَكُمْ ۚlakumfor you
  19. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  20. بِمَاbimāof what
  21. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do
  22. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmun(is) All-Knower

Verse 29

لَّيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَن تَدْخُلُوا۟ بُيُوتًا غَيْرَ مَسْكُونَةٍ فِيهَا مَتَـٰعٌ لَّكُمْ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ مَا تُبْدُونَ وَمَا تَكْتُمُونَ

Transliteration laysa ʿalaykum junāḥun an tadkhulū buyūtan ghayra maskūnatin fīhā matāʿun lakum wal-lahu yaʿlamu mā tub'dūna wamā taktumūna

English There is no blame upon you for entering houses not inhabited in which there is convenience for you. And Allāh knows what you reveal and what you conceal.

  1. لَّيْسَlaysaNot
  2. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumupon you
  3. جُنَاحٌjunāḥun(is) any blame
  4. أَنanthat
  5. تَدْخُلُوا۟tadkhulūyou enter
  6. بُيُوتًاbuyūtanhouses
  7. غَيْرَghayranot
  8. مَسْكُونَةٍۢmaskūnatininhabited
  9. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  10. مَتَـٰعٌۭmatāʿun(is) a provision
  11. لَّكُمْ ۚlakumfor you
  12. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  13. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  14. مَاmāwhat
  15. تُبْدُونَtub'dūnayou reveal
  16. وَمَاwamāand what
  17. تَكْتُمُونَtaktumūnayou conceal

Verse 30

قُل لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَ يَغُضُّوا۟ مِنْ أَبْصَـٰرِهِمْ وَيَحْفَظُوا۟ فُرُوجَهُمْ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ أَزْكَىٰ لَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَصْنَعُونَ

Transliteration qul lil'mu'minīna yaghuḍḍū min abṣārihim wayaḥfaẓū furūjahum dhālika azkā lahum inna l-laha khabīrun bimā yaṣnaʿūna

English Tell the believing men to reduce [some] of their vision and guard their private parts. That is purer for them. Indeed, Allāh is [fully] Aware of what they do.

  1. قُلqulSay
  2. لِّلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnato the believing men
  3. يَغُضُّوا۟yaghuḍḍūthey should lower
  4. مِنْmintheir gaze
  5. أَبْصَـٰرِهِمْabṣārihimtheir gaze
  6. وَيَحْفَظُوا۟wayaḥfaẓūand they should guard
  7. فُرُوجَهُمْ ۚfurūjahumtheir chastity
  8. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  9. أَزْكَىٰazkā(is) purer
  10. لَهُمْ ۗlahumfor them
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  13. خَبِيرٌۢkhabīrun(is) All-Aware
  14. بِمَاbimāof what
  15. يَصْنَعُونَyaṣnaʿūnathey do

Verse 31

وَقُل لِّلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِ يَغْضُضْنَ مِنْ أَبْصَـٰرِهِنَّ وَيَحْفَظْنَ فُرُوجَهُنَّ وَلَا يُبْدِينَ زِينَتَهُنَّ إِلَّا مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا ۖ وَلْيَضْرِبْنَ بِخُمُرِهِنَّ عَلَىٰ جُيُوبِهِنَّ ۖ وَلَا يُبْدِينَ زِينَتَهُنَّ إِلَّا لِبُعُولَتِهِنَّ أَوْ ءَابَآئِهِنَّ أَوْ ءَابَآءِ بُعُولَتِهِنَّ أَوْ أَبْنَآئِهِنَّ أَوْ أَبْنَآءِ بُعُولَتِهِنَّ أَوْ إِخْوَٰنِهِنَّ أَوْ بَنِىٓ إِخْوَٰنِهِنَّ أَوْ بَنِىٓ أَخَوَٰتِهِنَّ أَوْ نِسَآئِهِنَّ أَوْ مَا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُهُنَّ أَوِ ٱلتَّـٰبِعِينَ غَيْرِ أُو۟لِى ٱلْإِرْبَةِ مِنَ ٱلرِّجَالِ أَوِ ٱلطِّفْلِ ٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يَظْهَرُوا۟ عَلَىٰ عَوْرَٰتِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۖ وَلَا يَضْرِبْنَ بِأَرْجُلِهِنَّ لِيُعْلَمَ مَا يُخْفِينَ مِن زِينَتِهِنَّ ۚ وَتُوبُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ جَمِيعًا أَيُّهَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration waqul lil'mu'mināti yaghḍuḍ'na min abṣārihinna wayaḥfaẓna furūjahunna walā yub'dīna zīnatahunna illā mā ẓahara min'hā walyaḍrib'na bikhumurihinna ʿalā juyūbihinna walā yub'dīna zīnatahunna illā libuʿūlatihinna aw ābāihinna aw ābāi buʿūlatihinna aw abnāihinna aw abnāi buʿūlatihinna aw ikh'wānihinna aw banī ikh'wānihinna aw banī akhawātihinna aw nisāihinna aw mā malakat aymānuhunna awi l-tābiʿīna ghayri ulī l-ir'bati mina l-rijāli awi l-ṭif'li alladhīna lam yaẓharū ʿalā ʿawrāti l-nisāi walā yaḍrib'na bi-arjulihinna liyuʿ'lama mā yukh'fīna min zīnatihinna watūbū ilā l-lahi jamīʿan ayyuha l-mu'minūna laʿallakum tuf'liḥūna

English And tell the believing women to reduce [some] of their vision and guard their private parts and not expose their adornment except that which [necessarily] appears thereof and to wrap [a portion of] their headcovers over their chests and not expose their adornment [i.e., beauty] except to their husbands, their fathers, their husbands' fathers, their sons, their husbands' sons, their brothers, their brothers' sons, their sisters' sons, their women, that which their right hands possess [i.e., slaves], or those male attendants having no physical desire, or children who are not yet aware of the private aspects of women. And let them not stamp their feet to make known what they conceal of their adornment. And turn to Allāh in repentance, all of you, O believers, that you might succeed.

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. لِّلْمُؤْمِنَـٰتِlil'mu'minātito the believing women
  3. يَغْضُضْنَyaghḍuḍ'na(that) they should lower
  4. مِنْmin[of]
  5. أَبْصَـٰرِهِنَّabṣārihinnatheir gaze
  6. وَيَحْفَظْنَwayaḥfaẓnaand they should guard
  7. فُرُوجَهُنَّfurūjahunnatheir chastity
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. يُبْدِينَyub'dīna(to) display
  10. زِينَتَهُنَّzīnatahunnatheir adornment
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. ظَهَرَẓaharais apparent
  14. مِنْهَا ۖmin'hāof it
  15. وَلْيَضْرِبْنَwalyaḍrib'naAnd let them draw
  16. بِخُمُرِهِنَّbikhumurihinnatheir head covers
  17. عَلَىٰʿalāover
  18. جُيُوبِهِنَّ ۖjuyūbihinnatheir bosoms
  19. وَلَاwalāand not
  20. يُبْدِينَyub'dīna(to) display
  21. زِينَتَهُنَّzīnatahunnatheir adornment
  22. إِلَّاillāexcept
  23. لِبُعُولَتِهِنَّlibuʿūlatihinnato their husbands
  24. أَوْawor
  25. ءَابَآئِهِنَّābāihinnatheir fathers
  26. أَوْawor
  27. ءَابَآءِābāifathers
  28. بُعُولَتِهِنَّbuʿūlatihinna(of) their husbands
  29. أَوْawor
  30. أَبْنَآئِهِنَّabnāihinnatheir sons
  31. أَوْawor
  32. أَبْنَآءِabnāisons
  33. بُعُولَتِهِنَّbuʿūlatihinna(of) their husbands
  34. أَوْawor
  35. إِخْوَٰنِهِنَّikh'wānihinnatheir brothers
  36. أَوْawor
  37. بَنِىٓbanīsons
  38. إِخْوَٰنِهِنَّikh'wānihinna(of) their brothers
  39. أَوْawor
  40. بَنِىٓbanīsons
  41. أَخَوَٰتِهِنَّakhawātihinna(of) their sisters
  42. أَوْawor
  43. نِسَآئِهِنَّnisāihinnatheir women
  44. أَوْawor
  45. مَاmāwhat
  46. مَلَكَتْmalakatpossess
  47. أَيْمَـٰنُهُنَّaymānuhunnatheir right hands
  48. أَوِawior
  49. ٱلتَّـٰبِعِينَl-tābiʿīnathe attendants
  50. غَيْرِghayrihaving no physical desire
  51. أُو۟لِىulīhaving no physical desire
  52. ٱلْإِرْبَةِl-ir'batihaving no physical desire
  53. مِنَminaamong
  54. ٱلرِّجَالِl-rijāli[the] men
  55. أَوِawior
  56. ٱلطِّفْلِl-ṭif'li[the] children
  57. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnawho
  58. لَمْlam(are) not
  59. يَظْهَرُوا۟yaẓharūaware
  60. عَلَىٰʿalāof
  61. عَوْرَٰتِʿawrātiprivate aspects
  62. ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۖl-nisāi(of) the women
  63. وَلَاwalāAnd not
  64. يَضْرِبْنَyaḍrib'nalet them stamp
  65. بِأَرْجُلِهِنَّbi-arjulihinnatheir feet
  66. لِيُعْلَمَliyuʿ'lamato make known
  67. مَاmāwhat
  68. يُخْفِينَyukh'fīnathey conceal
  69. مِنminof
  70. زِينَتِهِنَّ ۚzīnatihinnatheir adornment
  71. وَتُوبُوٓا۟watūbūAnd turn
  72. إِلَىilāto
  73. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  74. جَمِيعًاjamīʿanaltogether
  75. أَيُّهَayyuhaO believers
  76. ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَl-mu'minūnaO believers
  77. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumSo that you may
  78. تُفْلِحُونَtuf'liḥūnasucceed

Verse 32

وَأَنكِحُوا۟ ٱلْأَيَـٰمَىٰ مِنكُمْ وَٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ مِنْ عِبَادِكُمْ وَإِمَآئِكُمْ ۚ إِن يَكُونُوا۟ فُقَرَآءَ يُغْنِهِمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-ankiḥū l-ayāmā minkum wal-ṣāliḥīna min ʿibādikum wa-imāikum in yakūnū fuqarāa yugh'nihimu l-lahu min faḍlihi wal-lahu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

English And marry the unmarried among you and the righteous among your male slaves and female slaves. If they should be poor, Allāh will enrich them from His bounty, and Allāh is all-Encompassing and Knowing.

  1. وَأَنكِحُوا۟wa-ankiḥūAnd marry
  2. ٱلْأَيَـٰمَىٰl-ayāmāthe single
  3. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  4. وَٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَwal-ṣāliḥīnaand the righteous
  5. مِنْminamong
  6. عِبَادِكُمْʿibādikumyour male slaves
  7. وَإِمَآئِكُمْ ۚwa-imāikumand your female slaves
  8. إِنinIf
  9. يَكُونُوا۟yakūnūthey are
  10. فُقَرَآءَfuqarāapoor
  11. يُغْنِهِمُyugh'nihimuAllah will enrich them
  12. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah will enrich them
  13. مِنminfrom
  14. فَضْلِهِۦ ۗfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  15. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  16. وَٰسِعٌwāsiʿun(is) All-Encompassing
  17. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knowing

Verse 33

وَلْيَسْتَعْفِفِ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يَجِدُونَ نِكَاحًا حَتَّىٰ يُغْنِيَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ ۗ وَٱلَّذِينَ يَبْتَغُونَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ مِمَّا مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُكُمْ فَكَاتِبُوهُمْ إِنْ عَلِمْتُمْ فِيهِمْ خَيْرًا ۖ وَءَاتُوهُم مِّن مَّالِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّذِىٓ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۚ وَلَا تُكْرِهُوا۟ فَتَيَـٰتِكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْبِغَآءِ إِنْ أَرَدْنَ تَحَصُّنًا لِّتَبْتَغُوا۟ عَرَضَ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَمَن يُكْرِههُّنَّ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ إِكْرَٰهِهِنَّ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration walyastaʿfifi alladhīna lā yajidūna nikāḥan ḥattā yugh'niyahumu l-lahu min faḍlihi wa-alladhīna yabtaghūna l-kitāba mimmā malakat aymānukum fakātibūhum in ʿalim'tum fīhim khayran waātūhum min māli l-lahi alladhī ātākum walā tuk'rihū fatayātikum ʿalā l-bighāi in aradna taḥaṣṣunan litabtaghū ʿaraḍa l-ḥayati l-dun'yā waman yuk'rihhunna fa-inna l-laha min baʿdi ik'rāhihinna ghafūrun raḥīmun

English But let them who find not [the means for] marriage abstain [from sexual relations] until Allāh enriches them from His bounty. And those who seek a contract [for eventual emancipation] from among whom your right hands possess - then make a contract with them if you know there is within them goodness and give them from the wealth of Allāh which He has given you. And do not compel your slave girls to prostitution, if they desire chastity, to seek [thereby] the temporary interests of worldly life. And if someone should compel them, then indeed, Allāh is [to them], after their compulsion, Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. وَلْيَسْتَعْفِفِwalyastaʿfifiAnd let be chaste
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يَجِدُونَyajidūnafind
  5. نِكَاحًاnikāḥan(means for) marriage
  6. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  7. يُغْنِيَهُمُyugh'niyahumuAllah enriches them
  8. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah enriches them
  9. مِنminfrom
  10. فَضْلِهِۦ ۗfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  11. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaAnd those who
  12. يَبْتَغُونَyabtaghūnaseek
  13. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe writing
  14. مِمَّاmimmāfrom (those) whom
  15. مَلَكَتْmalakatpossess
  16. أَيْمَـٰنُكُمْaymānukumyour right hands
  17. فَكَاتِبُوهُمْfakātibūhumthen give them (the) writing
  18. إِنْinif
  19. عَلِمْتُمْʿalim'tumyou know
  20. فِيهِمْfīhimin them
  21. خَيْرًۭا ۖkhayranany good
  22. وَءَاتُوهُمwaātūhumand give them
  23. مِّنminfrom
  24. مَّالِmālithe wealth of Allah
  25. ٱللَّهِl-lahithe wealth of Allah
  26. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīwhich
  27. ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۚātākumHe has given you
  28. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  29. تُكْرِهُوا۟tuk'rihūcompel
  30. فَتَيَـٰتِكُمْfatayātikumyour slave girls
  31. عَلَىʿalāto
  32. ٱلْبِغَآءِl-bighāi[the] prostitution
  33. إِنْinif
  34. أَرَدْنَaradnathey desire
  35. تَحَصُّنًۭاtaḥaṣṣunanchastity
  36. لِّتَبْتَغُوا۟litabtaghūthat you may seek
  37. عَرَضَʿaraḍatemporary gain
  38. ٱلْحَيَوٰةِl-ḥayati(of) the life
  39. ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚl-dun'yā(of) the world
  40. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  41. يُكْرِههُّنَّyuk'rihhunnacompels them
  42. فَإِنَّfa-innathen indeed
  43. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  44. مِنۢminafter
  45. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  46. إِكْرَٰهِهِنَّik'rāhihinnatheir compulsion
  47. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  48. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 34

وَلَقَدْ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكُمْ ءَايَـٰتٍ مُّبَيِّنَـٰتٍ وَمَثَلًا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَلَوْا۟ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَمَوْعِظَةً لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration walaqad anzalnā ilaykum āyātin mubayyinātin wamathalan mina alladhīna khalaw min qablikum wamawʿiẓatan lil'muttaqīna

English And We have certainly sent down to you distinct verses and examples from those who passed on before you and an admonition for those who fear Allāh.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَنزَلْنَآanzalnāWe have sent down
  3. إِلَيْكُمْilaykumto you
  4. ءَايَـٰتٍۢāyātinVerses
  5. مُّبَيِّنَـٰتٍۢmubayyinātinclear
  6. وَمَثَلًۭاwamathalanand an example
  7. مِّنَminaof
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. خَلَوْا۟khalawpassed away
  10. مِنminbefore you
  11. قَبْلِكُمْqablikumbefore you
  12. وَمَوْعِظَةًۭwamawʿiẓatanand an admonition
  13. لِّلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīnafor those who fear (Allah)

Verse 35

۞ ٱللَّهُ نُورُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ مَثَلُ نُورِهِۦ كَمِشْكَوٰةٍ فِيهَا مِصْبَاحٌ ۖ ٱلْمِصْبَاحُ فِى زُجَاجَةٍ ۖ ٱلزُّجَاجَةُ كَأَنَّهَا كَوْكَبٌ دُرِّىٌّ يُوقَدُ مِن شَجَرَةٍ مُّبَـٰرَكَةٍ زَيْتُونَةٍ لَّا شَرْقِيَّةٍ وَلَا غَرْبِيَّةٍ يَكَادُ زَيْتُهَا يُضِىٓءُ وَلَوْ لَمْ تَمْسَسْهُ نَارٌ ۚ نُّورٌ عَلَىٰ نُورٍ ۗ يَهْدِى ٱللَّهُ لِنُورِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ ۚ وَيَضْرِبُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَ لِلنَّاسِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration al-lahu nūru l-samāwāti wal-arḍi mathalu nūrihi kamish'katin fīhā miṣ'bāḥun l-miṣ'bāḥu fī zujājatin l-zujājatu ka-annahā kawkabun durriyyun yūqadu min shajaratin mubārakatin zaytūnatin lā sharqiyyatin walā gharbiyyatin yakādu zaytuhā yuḍīu walaw lam tamsashu nārun nūrun ʿalā nūrin yahdī l-lahu linūrihi man yashāu wayaḍribu l-lahu l-amthāla lilnnāsi wal-lahu bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English Allāh is the Light of the heavens and the earth. The example of His light is like a niche within which is a lamp; the lamp is within glass, the glass as if it were a pearly [white] star lit from [the oil of] a blessed olive tree, neither of the east nor of the west, whose oil would almost glow even if untouched by fire. Light upon light. Allāh guides to His light whom He wills. And Allāh presents examples for the people, and Allāh is Knowing of all things.

  1. ۞ ٱللَّهُal-lahuAllah
  2. نُورُnūru(is the) Light
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. مَثَلُmathalu(The) example
  6. نُورِهِۦnūrihi(of) His Light
  7. كَمِشْكَوٰةٍۢkamish'katin(is) like a niche
  8. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  9. مِصْبَاحٌ ۖmiṣ'bāḥun(is) a lamp
  10. ٱلْمِصْبَاحُl-miṣ'bāḥuthe lamp
  11. فِىfī(is) in
  12. زُجَاجَةٍ ۖzujājatina glass
  13. ٱلزُّجَاجَةُl-zujājatuthe glass
  14. كَأَنَّهَاka-annahāas if it were
  15. كَوْكَبٌۭkawkabuna star
  16. دُرِّىٌّۭdurriyyunbrilliant
  17. يُوقَدُyūqadu(which) is lit
  18. مِنminfrom
  19. شَجَرَةٍۢshajaratina tree
  20. مُّبَـٰرَكَةٍۢmubārakatinblessed
  21. زَيْتُونَةٍۢzaytūnatinan olive
  22. لَّاlānot
  23. شَرْقِيَّةٍۢsharqiyyatin(of the) east
  24. وَلَاwalāand not
  25. غَرْبِيَّةٍۢgharbiyyatin(of the) west
  26. يَكَادُyakāduwould almost
  27. زَيْتُهَاzaytuhāits oil
  28. يُضِىٓءُyuḍīuglow
  29. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  30. لَمْlamnot
  31. تَمْسَسْهُtamsashutouched it
  32. نَارٌۭ ۚnārunfire
  33. نُّورٌnūrunLight
  34. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  35. نُورٍۢ ۗnūrinLight
  36. يَهْدِىyahdīAllah guides
  37. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah guides
  38. لِنُورِهِۦlinūrihito His Light
  39. مَنmanwhom
  40. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  41. وَيَضْرِبُwayaḍribuAnd Allah sets forth
  42. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAnd Allah sets forth
  43. ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَl-amthālathe examples
  44. لِلنَّاسِ ۗlilnnāsifor the mankind
  45. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  46. بِكُلِّbikulliof every
  47. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  48. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmun(is) All-Knower

Verse 36

فِى بُيُوتٍ أَذِنَ ٱللَّهُ أَن تُرْفَعَ وَيُذْكَرَ فِيهَا ٱسْمُهُۥ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُۥ فِيهَا بِٱلْغُدُوِّ وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِ

Transliteration fī buyūtin adhina l-lahu an tur'faʿa wayudh'kara fīhā us'muhu yusabbiḥu lahu fīhā bil-ghuduwi wal-āṣāli

English [Such niches are] in houses [i.e., mosques] which Allāh has ordered to be raised and that His name be mentioned [i.e., praised] therein; exalting Him within them in the morning and the evenings

  1. فِىfīIn
  2. بُيُوتٍbuyūtinhouses
  3. أَذِنَadhina(which) Allah ordered
  4. ٱللَّهُl-lahu(which) Allah ordered
  5. أَنanthat
  6. تُرْفَعَtur'faʿathey be raised
  7. وَيُذْكَرَwayudh'karaand be mentioned
  8. فِيهَاfīhāin them
  9. ٱسْمُهُۥus'muhuHis name
  10. يُسَبِّحُyusabbiḥuGlorify
  11. لَهُۥlahu[to] Him
  12. فِيهَاfīhāin them
  13. بِٱلْغُدُوِّbil-ghuduwiin the mornings
  14. وَٱلْـَٔاصَالِwal-āṣāliand (in) the evenings

Verse 37

رِجَالٌ لَّا تُلْهِيهِمْ تِجَـٰرَةٌ وَلَا بَيْعٌ عَن ذِكْرِ ٱللَّهِ وَإِقَامِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَإِيتَآءِ ٱلزَّكَوٰةِ ۙ يَخَافُونَ يَوْمًا تَتَقَلَّبُ فِيهِ ٱلْقُلُوبُ وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُ

Transliteration rijālun lā tul'hīhim tijāratun walā bayʿun ʿan dhik'ri l-lahi wa-iqāmi l-ṣalati waītāi l-zakati yakhāfūna yawman tataqallabu fīhi l-qulūbu wal-abṣāru

English [Are] men whom neither commerce nor sale distracts from the remembrance of Allāh and performance of prayer and giving of zakāh. They fear a Day in which the hearts and eyes will [fearfully] turn about -

  1. رِجَالٌۭrijālunMen
  2. لَّاlānot
  3. تُلْهِيهِمْtul'hīhimdistracts them
  4. تِجَـٰرَةٌۭtijāratuntrade
  5. وَلَاwalāand not
  6. بَيْعٌbayʿunsale
  7. عَنʿanfrom
  8. ذِكْرِdhik'ri(the) remembrance of Allah
  9. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(the) remembrance of Allah
  10. وَإِقَامِwa-iqāmiand (from) establishing
  11. ٱلصَّلَوٰةِl-ṣalatithe prayer
  12. وَإِيتَآءِwaītāiand giving
  13. ٱلزَّكَوٰةِ ۙl-zakatizakah
  14. يَخَافُونَyakhāfūnaThey fear
  15. يَوْمًۭاyawmana Day
  16. تَتَقَلَّبُtataqallabuwill turn about
  17. فِيهِfīhitherein
  18. ٱلْقُلُوبُl-qulūbuthe hearts
  19. وَٱلْأَبْصَـٰرُwal-abṣāruand the eyes

Verse 38

لِيَجْزِيَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ أَحْسَنَ مَا عَمِلُوا۟ وَيَزِيدَهُم مِّن فَضْلِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ يَرْزُقُ مَن يَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Transliteration liyajziyahumu l-lahu aḥsana mā ʿamilū wayazīdahum min faḍlihi wal-lahu yarzuqu man yashāu bighayri ḥisābin

English That Allāh may reward them [according to] the best of what they did and increase them from His bounty. And Allāh gives provision to whom He wills without account [i.e., limit].

  1. لِيَجْزِيَهُمُliyajziyahumuThat Allah may reward them
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuThat Allah may reward them
  3. أَحْسَنَaḥsana(with the) best
  4. مَاmā(of) what
  5. عَمِلُوا۟ʿamilūthey did
  6. وَيَزِيدَهُمwayazīdahumand increase them
  7. مِّنminfrom
  8. فَضْلِهِۦ ۗfaḍlihiHis Bounty
  9. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  10. يَرْزُقُyarzuquprovides
  11. مَنmanwhom
  12. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  13. بِغَيْرِbighayriwithout
  14. حِسَابٍۢḥisābinmeasure

Verse 39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْ كَسَرَابٍۭ بِقِيعَةٍ يَحْسَبُهُ ٱلظَّمْـَٔانُ مَآءً حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَهُۥ لَمْ يَجِدْهُ شَيْـًٔا وَوَجَدَ ٱللَّهَ عِندَهُۥ فَوَفَّىٰهُ حِسَابَهُۥ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Transliteration wa-alladhīna kafarū aʿmāluhum kasarābin biqīʿatin yaḥsabuhu l-ẓamānu māan ḥattā idhā jāahu lam yajid'hu shayan wawajada l-laha ʿindahu fawaffāhu ḥisābahu wal-lahu sarīʿu l-ḥisābi

English But those who disbelieved - their deeds are like a mirage in a lowland which a thirsty one thinks is water until, when he comes to it, he finds it is nothing but finds Allāh before him, and He will pay him in full his due; and Allāh is swift in account.

  1. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaBut those who
  2. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  3. أَعْمَـٰلُهُمْaʿmāluhumtheir deeds
  4. كَسَرَابٍۭkasarābin(are) like a mirage
  5. بِقِيعَةٍۢbiqīʿatinin a lowland
  6. يَحْسَبُهُyaḥsabuhuthinks it
  7. ٱلظَّمْـَٔانُl-ẓamānuthe thirsty one
  8. مَآءًmāan(to be) water
  9. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāuntil
  10. إِذَاidhāwhen
  11. جَآءَهُۥjāahuhe comes to it
  12. لَمْlamnot
  13. يَجِدْهُyajid'huhe finds it
  14. شَيْـًۭٔاshayan(to be) anything
  15. وَوَجَدَwawajadabut he finds
  16. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  17. عِندَهُۥʿindahubefore him
  18. فَوَفَّىٰهُfawaffāhuHe will pay him in full
  19. حِسَابَهُۥ ۗḥisābahuhis due
  20. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  21. سَرِيعُsarīʿu(is) swift
  22. ٱلْحِسَابِl-ḥisābi(in) the account

Verse 40

أَوْ كَظُلُمَـٰتٍ فِى بَحْرٍ لُّجِّىٍّ يَغْشَىٰهُ مَوْجٌ مِّن فَوْقِهِۦ مَوْجٌ مِّن فَوْقِهِۦ سَحَابٌ ۚ ظُلُمَـٰتٌۢ بَعْضُهَا فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ إِذَآ أَخْرَجَ يَدَهُۥ لَمْ يَكَدْ يَرَىٰهَا ۗ وَمَن لَّمْ يَجْعَلِ ٱللَّهُ لَهُۥ نُورًا فَمَا لَهُۥ مِن نُّورٍ

Transliteration aw kaẓulumātin fī baḥrin lujjiyyin yaghshāhu mawjun min fawqihi mawjun min fawqihi saḥābun ẓulumātun baʿḍuhā fawqa baʿḍin idhā akhraja yadahu lam yakad yarāhā waman lam yajʿali l-lahu lahu nūran famā lahu min nūrin

English Or [they are] like darknesses within an unfathomable sea which is covered by waves, upon which are waves, over which are clouds - darknesses, some of them upon others. When one puts out his hand [therein], he can hardly see it. And he to whom Allāh has not granted light - for him there is no light.

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. كَظُلُمَـٰتٍۢkaẓulumātin(is) like (the) darkness[es]
  3. فِىfīin
  4. بَحْرٍۢbaḥrina sea
  5. لُّجِّىٍّۢlujjiyyindeep
  6. يَغْشَىٰهُyaghshāhucovers it
  7. مَوْجٌۭmawjuna wave
  8. مِّنminon it
  9. فَوْقِهِۦfawqihion it
  10. مَوْجٌۭmawjuna wave
  11. مِّنminon it
  12. فَوْقِهِۦfawqihion it
  13. سَحَابٌۭ ۚsaḥābuna cloud
  14. ظُلُمَـٰتٌۢẓulumātundarkness[es]
  15. بَعْضُهَاbaʿḍuhāsome of it
  16. فَوْقَfawqaon
  17. بَعْضٍbaʿḍinothers
  18. إِذَآidhāWhen
  19. أَخْرَجَakhrajahe puts out
  20. يَدَهُۥyadahuhis hand
  21. لَمْlamhardly
  22. يَكَدْyakadhardly
  23. يَرَىٰهَا ۗyarāhāhe (can) see it
  24. وَمَنwamanAnd (for) whom
  25. لَّمْlamnot
  26. يَجْعَلِyajʿaliAllah (has) made
  27. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah (has) made
  28. لَهُۥlahufor him
  29. نُورًۭاnūrana light
  30. فَمَاfamāthen not
  31. لَهُۥlahufor him
  32. مِنmin(is) any
  33. نُّورٍnūrinlight

Verse 41

أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُسَبِّحُ لَهُۥ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱلطَّيْرُ صَـٰٓفَّـٰتٍ ۖ كُلٌّ قَدْ عَلِمَ صَلَاتَهُۥ وَتَسْبِيحَهُۥ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration alam tara anna l-laha yusabbiḥu lahu man fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wal-ṭayru ṣāffātin kullun qad ʿalima ṣalātahu watasbīḥahu wal-lahu ʿalīmun bimā yafʿalūna

English Do you not see that Allāh is exalted by whomever is within the heavens and the earth and [by] the birds with wings spread [in flight]? Each [of them] has known his [means of] prayer and exalting [Him], and Allāh is Knowing of what they do.

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَtarayou see
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. يُسَبِّحُyusabbiḥuglorify
  6. لَهُۥlahuHim
  7. مَنmanwhoever
  8. فِىfī(is) in
  9. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  10. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  11. وَٱلطَّيْرُwal-ṭayruand the birds
  12. صَـٰٓفَّـٰتٍۢ ۖṣāffātin(with) wings outspread
  13. كُلٌّۭkullunEach one
  14. قَدْqadverily
  15. عَلِمَʿalimaknows
  16. صَلَاتَهُۥṣalātahuits prayer
  17. وَتَسْبِيحَهُۥ ۗwatasbīḥahuand its glorification
  18. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  19. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  20. بِمَاbimāof what
  21. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnathey do

Verse 42

وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Transliteration walillahi mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wa-ilā l-lahi l-maṣīru

English And to Allāh belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth, and to Allāh is the destination.

  1. وَلِلَّهِwalillahiAnd to Allah (belongs)
  2. مُلْكُmul'ku(the) dominion
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. وَإِلَىwa-ilāAnd to
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. ٱلْمَصِيرُl-maṣīru(is) the destination

Verse 43

أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُزْجِى سَحَابًا ثُمَّ يُؤَلِّفُ بَيْنَهُۥ ثُمَّ يَجْعَلُهُۥ رُكَامًا فَتَرَى ٱلْوَدْقَ يَخْرُجُ مِنْ خِلَـٰلِهِۦ وَيُنَزِّلُ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مِن جِبَالٍ فِيهَا مِنۢ بَرَدٍ فَيُصِيبُ بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ وَيَصْرِفُهُۥ عَن مَّن يَشَآءُ ۖ يَكَادُ سَنَا بَرْقِهِۦ يَذْهَبُ بِٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِ

Transliteration alam tara anna l-laha yuz'jī saḥāban thumma yu-allifu baynahu thumma yajʿaluhu rukāman fatarā l-wadqa yakhruju min khilālihi wayunazzilu mina l-samāi min jibālin fīhā min baradin fayuṣību bihi man yashāu wayaṣrifuhu ʿan man yashāu yakādu sanā barqihi yadhhabu bil-abṣāri

English Do you not see that Allāh drives clouds? Then He brings them together; then He makes them into a mass, and you see the rain emerge from within it. And He sends down from the sky, mountains [of clouds] within which is hail, and He strikes with it whom He wills and averts it from whom He wills. The flash of its lightning almost takes away the eyesight.

  1. أَلَمْalamDo not
  2. تَرَtarayou see
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  5. يُزْجِىyuz'jīdrives
  6. سَحَابًۭاsaḥābanclouds
  7. ثُمَّthummathen
  8. يُؤَلِّفُyu-allifujoins
  9. بَيْنَهُۥbaynahubetween them
  10. ثُمَّthummathen
  11. يَجْعَلُهُۥyajʿaluhumakes them
  12. رُكَامًۭاrukāman(into) a mass
  13. فَتَرَىfatarāthen you see
  14. ٱلْوَدْقَl-wadqathe rain
  15. يَخْرُجُyakhrujucome forth
  16. مِنْminfrom
  17. خِلَـٰلِهِۦkhilālihitheir midst
  18. وَيُنَزِّلُwayunazziluAnd He sends down
  19. مِنَminafrom
  20. ٱلسَّمَآءِl-samāi(the) sky
  21. مِنmin[from]
  22. جِبَالٍۢjibālinmountains
  23. فِيهَاfīhāwithin it
  24. مِنۢmin[of]
  25. بَرَدٍۢbaradin(is) hail
  26. فَيُصِيبُfayuṣībuand He strikes
  27. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  28. مَنmanwhom
  29. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  30. وَيَصْرِفُهُۥwayaṣrifuhuand averts it
  31. عَنʿanfrom
  32. مَّنmanwhom
  33. يَشَآءُ ۖyashāuHe wills
  34. يَكَادُyakāduNearly
  35. سَنَاsanā(the) flash
  36. بَرْقِهِۦbarqihi(of) its lighting
  37. يَذْهَبُyadhhabutakes away
  38. بِٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِbil-abṣārithe sight

Verse 44

يُقَلِّبُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَعِبْرَةً لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِ

Transliteration yuqallibu l-lahu al-layla wal-nahāra inna fī dhālika laʿib'ratan li-ulī l-abṣāri

English Allāh alternates the night and the day. Indeed in that is a lesson for those who have vision.

  1. يُقَلِّبُyuqallibuAllah alternates
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah alternates
  3. ٱلَّيْلَal-laylathe night
  4. وَٱلنَّهَارَ ۚwal-nahāraand the day
  5. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  8. لَعِبْرَةًۭlaʿib'ratansurely is a lesson
  9. لِّأُو۟لِىli-ulīfor those who have vision
  10. ٱلْأَبْصَـٰرِl-abṣārifor those who have vision

Verse 45

وَٱللَّهُ خَلَقَ كُلَّ دَآبَّةٍ مِّن مَّآءٍ ۖ فَمِنْهُم مَّن يَمْشِى عَلَىٰ بَطْنِهِۦ وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَمْشِى عَلَىٰ رِجْلَيْنِ وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَمْشِى عَلَىٰٓ أَرْبَعٍ ۚ يَخْلُقُ ٱللَّهُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Transliteration wal-lahu khalaqa kulla dābbatin min māin famin'hum man yamshī ʿalā baṭnihi wamin'hum man yamshī ʿalā rij'layni wamin'hum man yamshī ʿalā arbaʿin yakhluqu l-lahu mā yashāu inna l-laha ʿalā kulli shayin qadīrun

English Allāh has created every [living] creature from water. And of them are those that move on their bellies, and of them are those that walk on two legs, and of them are those that walk on four. Allāh creates what He wills. Indeed, Allāh is over all things competent.

  1. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  2. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  3. كُلَّkullaevery
  4. دَآبَّةٍۢdābbatinmoving creature
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. مَّآءٍۢ ۖmāinwater
  7. فَمِنْهُمfamin'humOf them
  8. مَّنman(is a kind) who
  9. يَمْشِىyamshīwalks
  10. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  11. بَطْنِهِۦbaṭnihiits belly
  12. وَمِنْهُمwamin'humand of them
  13. مَّنman(is a kind) who
  14. يَمْشِىyamshīwalks
  15. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  16. رِجْلَيْنِrij'laynitwo legs
  17. وَمِنْهُمwamin'humand of them
  18. مَّنman(is a kind) who
  19. يَمْشِىyamshīwalks
  20. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  21. أَرْبَعٍۢ ۚarbaʿinfour
  22. يَخْلُقُyakhluquAllah creates
  23. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah creates
  24. مَاmāwhat
  25. يَشَآءُ ۚyashāuHe wills
  26. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  27. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  28. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  29. كُلِّkullievery
  30. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  31. قَدِيرٌۭqadīrun(is) All-Powerful

Verse 46

لَّقَدْ أَنزَلْنَآ ءَايَـٰتٍ مُّبَيِّنَـٰتٍ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ يَهْدِى مَن يَشَآءُ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration laqad anzalnā āyātin mubayyinātin wal-lahu yahdī man yashāu ilā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English We have certainly sent down distinct verses. And Allāh guides whom He wills to a straight path.

  1. لَّقَدْlaqadVerily
  2. أَنزَلْنَآanzalnāWe have sent down
  3. ءَايَـٰتٍۢāyātinVerses
  4. مُّبَيِّنَـٰتٍۢ ۚmubayyinātinclear
  5. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  6. يَهْدِىyahdīguides
  7. مَنmanwhom
  8. يَشَآءُyashāuHe wills
  9. إِلَىٰilāto
  10. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina path
  11. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminstraight

Verse 47

وَيَقُولُونَ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَبِٱلرَّسُولِ وَأَطَعْنَا ثُمَّ يَتَوَلَّىٰ فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ ۚ وَمَآ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ بِٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration wayaqūlūna āmannā bil-lahi wabil-rasūli wa-aṭaʿnā thumma yatawallā farīqun min'hum min baʿdi dhālika wamā ulāika bil-mu'minīna

English But they [i.e., the hypocrites] say, "We have believed in Allāh and in the Messenger, and we obey"; then a party of them turns away after that. And those are not believers.

  1. وَيَقُولُونَwayaqūlūnaAnd they say
  2. ءَامَنَّاāmannāWe believe
  3. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  4. وَبِٱلرَّسُولِwabil-rasūliand in the Messenger
  5. وَأَطَعْنَاwa-aṭaʿnāand we obey
  6. ثُمَّthummaThen
  7. يَتَوَلَّىٰyatawallāturns away
  8. فَرِيقٌۭfarīquna party
  9. مِّنْهُمmin'humof them
  10. مِّنۢminafter
  11. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  12. ذَٰلِكَ ۚdhālikathat
  13. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  14. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  15. بِٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَbil-mu'minīna(are) believers

Verse 48

وَإِذَا دُعُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ لِيَحْكُمَ بَيْنَهُمْ إِذَا فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُم مُّعْرِضُونَ

Transliteration wa-idhā duʿū ilā l-lahi warasūlihi liyaḥkuma baynahum idhā farīqun min'hum muʿ'riḍūna

English And when they are called to [the words of] Allāh and His Messenger to judge between them, at once a party of them turns aside [in refusal].

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. دُعُوٓا۟duʿūthey are called
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. وَرَسُولِهِۦwarasūlihiand His Messenger
  6. لِيَحْكُمَliyaḥkumato judge
  7. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumbetween them
  8. إِذَاidhābehold
  9. فَرِيقٌۭfarīquna party
  10. مِّنْهُمmin'humof them
  11. مُّعْرِضُونَmuʿ'riḍūna(is) averse

Verse 49

وَإِن يَكُن لَّهُمُ ٱلْحَقُّ يَأْتُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ مُذْعِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-in yakun lahumu l-ḥaqu yatū ilayhi mudh'ʿinīna

English But if the right is theirs, they come to him in prompt obedience.

  1. وَإِنwa-inBut if
  2. يَكُنyakunis
  3. لَّهُمُlahumuwith them
  4. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  5. يَأْتُوٓا۟yatūthey come
  6. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  7. مُذْعِنِينَmudh'ʿinīna(as) promptly obedient

Verse 50

أَفِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ أَمِ ٱرْتَابُوٓا۟ أَمْ يَخَافُونَ أَن يَحِيفَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَرَسُولُهُۥ ۚ بَلْ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration afī qulūbihim maraḍun ami ir'tābū am yakhāfūna an yaḥīfa l-lahu ʿalayhim warasūluhu bal ulāika humu l-ẓālimūna

English Is there disease in their hearts? Or have they doubted? Or do they fear that Allāh will be unjust to them, or His Messenger? Rather, it is they who are the wrongdoers [i.e., the unjust].

  1. أَفِىafīIs (there) in
  2. قُلُوبِهِمqulūbihimtheir hearts
  3. مَّرَضٌmaraḍuna disease
  4. أَمِamior
  5. ٱرْتَابُوٓا۟ir'tābūdo they doubt
  6. أَمْamor
  7. يَخَافُونَyakhāfūnathey fear
  8. أَنanthat
  9. يَحِيفَyaḥīfaAllah will be unjust
  10. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah will be unjust
  11. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimto them
  12. وَرَسُولُهُۥ ۚwarasūluhuand His Messenger
  13. بَلْbalNay
  14. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  15. هُمُhumu[they]
  16. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūna(are) the wrongdoers

Verse 51

إِنَّمَا كَانَ قَوْلَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِذَا دُعُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ لِيَحْكُمَ بَيْنَهُمْ أَن يَقُولُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا وَأَطَعْنَا ۚ وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Transliteration innamā kāna qawla l-mu'minīna idhā duʿū ilā l-lahi warasūlihi liyaḥkuma baynahum an yaqūlū samiʿ'nā wa-aṭaʿnā wa-ulāika humu l-muf'liḥūna

English The only statement of the [true] believers when they are called to Allāh and His Messenger to judge between them is that they say, "We hear and we obey." And those are the successful.

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. قَوْلَqawla(the) statement
  4. ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَl-mu'minīna(of) the believers
  5. إِذَاidhāwhen
  6. دُعُوٓا۟duʿūthey are called
  7. إِلَىilāto
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. وَرَسُولِهِۦwarasūlihiand His Messenger
  10. لِيَحْكُمَliyaḥkumato judge
  11. بَيْنَهُمْbaynahumbetween them
  12. أَنan(is) that
  13. يَقُولُوا۟yaqūlūthey say
  14. سَمِعْنَاsamiʿ'nāWe hear
  15. وَأَطَعْنَا ۚwa-aṭaʿnāand we obey
  16. وَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَwa-ulāikaAnd those
  17. هُمُhumu[they]
  18. ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَl-muf'liḥūna(are) the successful

Verse 52

وَمَن يُطِعِ ٱللَّهَ وَرَسُولَهُۥ وَيَخْشَ ٱللَّهَ وَيَتَّقْهِ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَآئِزُونَ

Transliteration waman yuṭiʿi l-laha warasūlahu wayakhsha l-laha wayattaqhi fa-ulāika humu l-fāizūna

English And whoever obeys Allāh and His Messenger and fears Allāh and is conscious of Him - it is those who are the attainers.

  1. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  2. يُطِعِyuṭiʿiobeys
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. وَرَسُولَهُۥwarasūlahuand His Messenger
  5. وَيَخْشَwayakhshaand fears
  6. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  7. وَيَتَّقْهِwayattaqhiand (is) conscious of Him
  8. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  9. هُمُhumu[they]
  10. ٱلْفَآئِزُونَl-fāizūna(are) the successful ones

Verse 53

۞ وَأَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ لَئِنْ أَمَرْتَهُمْ لَيَخْرُجُنَّ ۖ قُل لَّا تُقْسِمُوا۟ ۖ طَاعَةٌ مَّعْرُوفَةٌ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wa-aqsamū bil-lahi jahda aymānihim la-in amartahum layakhrujunna qul lā tuq'simū ṭāʿatun maʿrūfatun inna l-laha khabīrun bimā taʿmalūna

English And they swear by Allāh their strongest oaths that if you ordered them, they would go forth [in Allāh's cause]. Say, "Do not swear. [Such] obedience is known. Indeed, Allāh is [fully] Aware of that which you do."

  1. ۞ وَأَقْسَمُوا۟wa-aqsamūAnd they swear
  2. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiby Allah
  3. جَهْدَjahdastrong
  4. أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْaymānihimtheir oaths
  5. لَئِنْla-inthat if
  6. أَمَرْتَهُمْamartahumyou ordered them
  7. لَيَخْرُجُنَّ ۖlayakhrujunnasurely they (would) go forth
  8. قُلqulSay
  9. لَّاlā(Do) not
  10. تُقْسِمُوا۟ ۖtuq'simūswear
  11. طَاعَةٌۭṭāʿatunObedience
  12. مَّعْرُوفَةٌ ۚmaʿrūfatun(is) known
  13. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  14. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  15. خَبِيرٌۢkhabīrun(is) All-Aware
  16. بِمَاbimāof what
  17. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do

Verse 54

قُلْ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ ۖ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّمَا عَلَيْهِ مَا حُمِّلَ وَعَلَيْكُم مَّا حُمِّلْتُمْ ۖ وَإِن تُطِيعُوهُ تَهْتَدُوا۟ ۚ وَمَا عَلَى ٱلرَّسُولِ إِلَّا ٱلْبَلَـٰغُ ٱلْمُبِينُ

Transliteration qul aṭīʿū l-laha wa-aṭīʿū l-rasūla fa-in tawallaw fa-innamā ʿalayhi mā ḥummila waʿalaykum mā ḥummil'tum wa-in tuṭīʿūhu tahtadū wamā ʿalā l-rasūli illā l-balāghu l-mubīnu

English Say, "Obey Allāh and obey the Messenger; but if you turn away - then upon him is only that [duty] with which he has been charged, and upon you is that with which you have been charged. And if you obey him, you will be [rightly] guided. And there is not upon the Messenger except the [responsibility for] clear notification."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَطِيعُوا۟aṭīʿūObey
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. وَأَطِيعُوا۟wa-aṭīʿūand obey
  5. ٱلرَّسُولَ ۖl-rasūlathe Messenger
  6. فَإِنfa-inbut if
  7. تَوَلَّوْا۟tawallawyou turn away
  8. فَإِنَّمَاfa-innamāthen only
  9. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiupon him
  10. مَاmā(is) what
  11. حُمِّلَḥummila(is) placed on him
  12. وَعَلَيْكُمwaʿalaykumand on you
  13. مَّاmā(is) what
  14. حُمِّلْتُمْ ۖḥummil'tum(is) placed on you
  15. وَإِنwa-inAnd if
  16. تُطِيعُوهُtuṭīʿūhuyou obey him
  17. تَهْتَدُوا۟ ۚtahtadūyou will be guided
  18. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  19. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  20. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūlithe Messenger
  21. إِلَّاillāexcept
  22. ٱلْبَلَـٰغُl-balāghuthe conveyance
  23. ٱلْمُبِينُl-mubīnu[the] clear

Verse 55

وَعَدَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مِنكُمْ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ لَيَسْتَخْلِفَنَّهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ كَمَا ٱسْتَخْلَفَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ وَلَيُمَكِّنَنَّ لَهُمْ دِينَهُمُ ٱلَّذِى ٱرْتَضَىٰ لَهُمْ وَلَيُبَدِّلَنَّهُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ خَوْفِهِمْ أَمْنًا ۚ يَعْبُدُونَنِى لَا يُشْرِكُونَ بِى شَيْـًٔا ۚ وَمَن كَفَرَ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَـٰسِقُونَ

Transliteration waʿada l-lahu alladhīna āmanū minkum waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti layastakhlifannahum fī l-arḍi kamā is'takhlafa alladhīna min qablihim walayumakkinanna lahum dīnahumu alladhī ir'taḍā lahum walayubaddilannahum min baʿdi khawfihim amnan yaʿbudūnanī lā yush'rikūna bī shayan waman kafara baʿda dhālika fa-ulāika humu l-fāsiqūna

English Allāh has promised those who have believed among you and done righteous deeds that He will surely grant them succession [to authority] upon the earth just as He granted it to those before them and that He will surely establish for them [therein] their religion which He has preferred for them and that He will surely substitute for them, after their fear, security, [for] they worship Me, not associating anything with Me. But whoever disbelieves after that - then those are the defiantly disobedient.

  1. وَعَدَwaʿadaAllah (has) promised
  2. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah (has) promised
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  5. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  6. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  7. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātirighteous deeds
  8. لَيَسْتَخْلِفَنَّهُمْlayastakhlifannahumsurely He will grant them succession
  9. فِىfīin
  10. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  11. كَمَاkamāas
  12. ٱسْتَخْلَفَis'takhlafaHe gave succession
  13. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnato those who
  14. مِنmin(were) before them
  15. قَبْلِهِمْqablihim(were) before them
  16. وَلَيُمَكِّنَنَّwalayumakkinannaand that He will surely establish
  17. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  18. دِينَهُمُdīnahumutheir religion
  19. ٱلَّذِىalladhīwhich
  20. ٱرْتَضَىٰir'taḍāHe has approved
  21. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  22. وَلَيُبَدِّلَنَّهُمwalayubaddilannahumand surely He will change for them
  23. مِّنۢminafter
  24. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  25. خَوْفِهِمْkhawfihimtheir fear
  26. أَمْنًۭا ۚamnansecurity
  27. يَعْبُدُونَنِىyaʿbudūnanī(for) they worship Me
  28. لَاlānot
  29. يُشْرِكُونَyush'rikūnathey associate
  30. بِىbīwith Me
  31. شَيْـًۭٔا ۚshayananything
  32. وَمَنwamanBut whoever
  33. كَفَرَkafaradisbelieved
  34. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  35. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  36. فَأُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَfa-ulāikathen those
  37. هُمُhumu[they]
  38. ٱلْفَـٰسِقُونَl-fāsiqūna(are) the defiantly disobedient

Verse 56

وَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱلرَّسُولَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Transliteration wa-aqīmū l-ṣalata waātū l-zakata wa-aṭīʿū l-rasūla laʿallakum tur'ḥamūna

English And establish prayer and give zakāh and obey the Messenger - that you may receive mercy.

  1. وَأَقِيمُوا۟wa-aqīmūAnd establish
  2. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  3. وَءَاتُوا۟waātūand give
  4. ٱلزَّكَوٰةَl-zakatazakah
  5. وَأَطِيعُوا۟wa-aṭīʿūand obey
  6. ٱلرَّسُولَl-rasūlathe Messenger
  7. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  8. تُرْحَمُونَtur'ḥamūnareceive mercy

Verse 57

لَا تَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مُعْجِزِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَمَأْوَىٰهُمُ ٱلنَّارُ ۖ وَلَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Transliteration lā taḥsabanna alladhīna kafarū muʿ'jizīna fī l-arḍi wamawāhumu l-nāru walabi'sa l-maṣīru

English Never think that the disbelievers are causing failure [to Allāh] upon the earth. Their refuge will be the Fire - and how wretched the destination.

  1. لَاlā(Do) not
  2. تَحْسَبَنَّtaḥsabannathink
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  5. مُعْجِزِينَmuʿ'jizīna(can) escape
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلْأَرْضِ ۚl-arḍithe earth
  8. وَمَأْوَىٰهُمُwamawāhumuAnd their abode
  9. ٱلنَّارُ ۖl-nāru(will be) the Fire
  10. وَلَبِئْسَwalabi'saand wretched is
  11. ٱلْمَصِيرُl-maṣīruthe destination

Verse 58

يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لِيَسْتَـْٔذِنكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ مَلَكَتْ أَيْمَـٰنُكُمْ وَٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يَبْلُغُوا۟ ٱلْحُلُمَ مِنكُمْ ثَلَـٰثَ مَرَّٰتٍ ۚ مِّن قَبْلِ صَلَوٰةِ ٱلْفَجْرِ وَحِينَ تَضَعُونَ ثِيَابَكُم مِّنَ ٱلظَّهِيرَةِ وَمِنۢ بَعْدِ صَلَوٰةِ ٱلْعِشَآءِ ۚ ثَلَـٰثُ عَوْرَٰتٍ لَّكُمْ ۚ لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَا عَلَيْهِمْ جُنَاحٌۢ بَعْدَهُنَّ ۚ طَوَّٰفُونَ عَلَيْكُم بَعْضُكُمْ عَلَىٰ بَعْضٍ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration yāayyuhā alladhīna āmanū liyastadhinkumu alladhīna malakat aymānukum wa-alladhīna lam yablughū l-ḥuluma minkum thalātha marrātin min qabli ṣalati l-fajri waḥīna taḍaʿūna thiyābakum mina l-ẓahīrati wamin baʿdi ṣalati l-ʿishāi thalāthu ʿawrātin lakum laysa ʿalaykum walā ʿalayhim junāḥun baʿdahunna ṭawwāfūna ʿalaykum baʿḍukum ʿalā baʿḍin kadhālika yubayyinu l-lahu lakumu l-āyāti wal-lahu ʿalīmun ḥakīmun

English O you who have believed, let those whom your right hands possess and those who have not [yet] reached puberty among you ask permission of you [before entering] at three times: before the dawn prayer and when you put aside your clothing [for rest] at noon and after the night prayer. [These are] three times of privacy for you. There is no blame upon you nor upon them beyond these [periods], for they continually circulate among you - some of you, among others. Thus does Allāh make clear to you the verses [i.e., His ordinances]; and Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

  1. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO you who believe
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaO you who believe
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūO you who believe
  4. لِيَسْتَـْٔذِنكُمُliyastadhinkumuLet ask your permission
  5. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose whom
  6. مَلَكَتْmalakatpossess
  7. أَيْمَـٰنُكُمْaymānukumyour right hands
  8. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  9. لَمْlam(have) not
  10. يَبْلُغُوا۟yablughūreached
  11. ٱلْحُلُمَl-ḥulumapuberty
  12. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  13. ثَلَـٰثَthalātha(at) three
  14. مَرَّٰتٍۢ ۚmarrātintimes
  15. مِّنminbefore
  16. قَبْلِqablibefore
  17. صَلَوٰةِṣalati(the) prayer
  18. ٱلْفَجْرِl-fajri(of) dawn
  19. وَحِينَwaḥīnaand when
  20. تَضَعُونَtaḍaʿūnayou put aside
  21. ثِيَابَكُمthiyābakumyour garments
  22. مِّنَminaat
  23. ٱلظَّهِيرَةِl-ẓahīratinoon
  24. وَمِنۢwaminand after
  25. بَعْدِbaʿdiand after
  26. صَلَوٰةِṣalati(the) prayer
  27. ٱلْعِشَآءِ ۚl-ʿishāi(of) night
  28. ثَلَـٰثُthalāthu(These) three
  29. عَوْرَٰتٍۢʿawrātin(are) times of privacy
  30. لَّكُمْ ۚlakumfor you
  31. لَيْسَlaysaNot
  32. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumon you
  33. وَلَاwalāand not
  34. عَلَيْهِمْʿalayhimon them
  35. جُنَاحٌۢjunāḥunany blame
  36. بَعْدَهُنَّ ۚbaʿdahunnaafter that
  37. طَوَّٰفُونَṭawwāfūna(as) moving about
  38. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumamong you
  39. بَعْضُكُمْbaʿḍukumsome of you
  40. عَلَىٰʿalāamong
  41. بَعْضٍۢ ۚbaʿḍinothers
  42. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  43. يُبَيِّنُyubayyinuAllah makes clear
  44. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah makes clear
  45. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  46. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ ۗl-āyātithe Verses
  47. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuand Allah
  48. عَلِيمٌʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  49. حَكِيمٌۭḥakīmunAll-Wise

Verse 59

وَإِذَا بَلَغَ ٱلْأَطْفَـٰلُ مِنكُمُ ٱلْحُلُمَ فَلْيَسْتَـْٔذِنُوا۟ كَمَا ٱسْتَـْٔذَنَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-idhā balagha l-aṭfālu minkumu l-ḥuluma falyastadhinū kamā is'tadhana alladhīna min qablihim kadhālika yubayyinu l-lahu lakum āyātihi wal-lahu ʿalīmun ḥakīmun

English And when the children among you reach puberty, let them ask permission [at all times] as those before them have done. Thus does Allāh make clear to you His verses; and Allāh is Knowing and Wise.

  1. وَإِذَاwa-idhāAnd when
  2. بَلَغَbalaghareach
  3. ٱلْأَطْفَـٰلُl-aṭfāluthe children
  4. مِنكُمُminkumuamong you
  5. ٱلْحُلُمَl-ḥulumathe puberty
  6. فَلْيَسْتَـْٔذِنُوا۟falyastadhinūthen let them ask permission
  7. كَمَاkamāas
  8. ٱسْتَـْٔذَنَis'tadhanaasked permission
  9. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  10. مِنmin(were) before them
  11. قَبْلِهِمْ ۚqablihim(were) before them
  12. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  13. يُبَيِّنُyubayyinuAllah makes clear
  14. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah makes clear
  15. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  16. ءَايَـٰتِهِۦ ۗāyātihiHis Verses
  17. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  18. عَلِيمٌʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  19. حَكِيمٌۭḥakīmunAll-Wise

Verse 60

وَٱلْقَوَٰعِدُ مِنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ٱلَّـٰتِى لَا يَرْجُونَ نِكَاحًا فَلَيْسَ عَلَيْهِنَّ جُنَاحٌ أَن يَضَعْنَ ثِيَابَهُنَّ غَيْرَ مُتَبَرِّجَـٰتٍۭ بِزِينَةٍ ۖ وَأَن يَسْتَعْفِفْنَ خَيْرٌ لَّهُنَّ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wal-qawāʿidu mina l-nisāi allātī lā yarjūna nikāḥan falaysa ʿalayhinna junāḥun an yaḍaʿna thiyābahunna ghayra mutabarrijātin bizīnatin wa-an yastaʿfif'na khayrun lahunna wal-lahu samīʿun ʿalīmun

English And women of post-menstrual age who have no desire for marriage - there is no blame upon them for putting aside their outer garments [but] not displaying adornment. But to modestly refrain [from that] is better for them. And Allāh is Hearing and Knowing.

  1. وَٱلْقَوَٰعِدُwal-qawāʿiduAnd postmenopausal
  2. مِنَminaamong
  3. ٱلنِّسَآءِl-nisāithe women
  4. ٱلَّـٰتِىallātīwho
  5. لَاlā(do) not
  6. يَرْجُونَyarjūnahave desire
  7. نِكَاحًۭاnikāḥan(for) marriage
  8. فَلَيْسَfalaysathen not is
  9. عَلَيْهِنَّʿalayhinnaon them
  10. جُنَاحٌjunāḥunany blame
  11. أَنanthat
  12. يَضَعْنَyaḍaʿnathey put aside
  13. ثِيَابَهُنَّthiyābahunnatheir (outer) garments
  14. غَيْرَghayranot
  15. مُتَبَرِّجَـٰتٍۭmutabarrijātindisplaying
  16. بِزِينَةٍۢ ۖbizīnatintheir adornment
  17. وَأَنwa-anAnd that
  18. يَسْتَعْفِفْنَyastaʿfif'nathey modestly refrain
  19. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) better
  20. لَّهُنَّ ۗlahunnafor them
  21. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  22. سَمِيعٌsamīʿun(is) All-Hearer
  23. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmunAll-Knower

Verse 61

لَّيْسَ عَلَى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ حَرَجٌ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَجِ حَرَجٌ وَلَا عَلَى ٱلْمَرِيضِ حَرَجٌ وَلَا عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَن تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِنۢ بُيُوتِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ ءَابَآئِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ أُمَّهَـٰتِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ إِخْوَٰنِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ أَخَوَٰتِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ أَعْمَـٰمِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ عَمَّـٰتِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ أَخْوَٰلِكُمْ أَوْ بُيُوتِ خَـٰلَـٰتِكُمْ أَوْ مَا مَلَكْتُم مَّفَاتِحَهُۥٓ أَوْ صَدِيقِكُمْ ۚ لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَن تَأْكُلُوا۟ جَمِيعًا أَوْ أَشْتَاتًا ۚ فَإِذَا دَخَلْتُم بُيُوتًا فَسَلِّمُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِكُمْ تَحِيَّةً مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ مُبَـٰرَكَةً طَيِّبَةً ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration laysa ʿalā l-aʿmā ḥarajun walā ʿalā l-aʿraji ḥarajun walā ʿalā l-marīḍi ḥarajun walā ʿalā anfusikum an takulū min buyūtikum aw buyūti ābāikum aw buyūti ummahātikum aw buyūti ikh'wānikum aw buyūti akhawātikum aw buyūti aʿmāmikum aw buyūti ʿammātikum aw buyūti akhwālikum aw buyūti khālātikum aw mā malaktum mafātiḥahu aw ṣadīqikum laysa ʿalaykum junāḥun an takulū jamīʿan aw ashtātan fa-idhā dakhaltum buyūtan fasallimū ʿalā anfusikum taḥiyyatan min ʿindi l-lahi mubārakatan ṭayyibatan kadhālika yubayyinu l-lahu lakumu l-āyāti laʿallakum taʿqilūna

English There is not upon the blind [any] constraint nor upon the lame constraint nor upon the ill constraint nor upon yourselves when you eat from your [own] houses or the houses of your fathers or the houses of your mothers or the houses of your brothers or the houses of your sisters or the houses of your father's brothers or the houses of your father's sisters or the houses of your mother's brothers or the houses of your mother's sisters or [from houses] whose keys you possess or [from the house] of your friend. There is no blame upon you whether you eat together or separately. But when you enter houses, give greetings of peace upon each other - a greeting from Allāh, blessed and good. Thus does Allāh make clear to you the verses [of ordinance] that you may understand.

  1. لَّيْسَlaysaNot is
  2. عَلَىʿalāon
  3. ٱلْأَعْمَىٰl-aʿmāthe blind
  4. حَرَجٌۭḥarajunany blame
  5. وَلَاwalāand not
  6. عَلَىʿalāon
  7. ٱلْأَعْرَجِl-aʿrajithe lame
  8. حَرَجٌۭḥarajunany blame
  9. وَلَاwalāand not
  10. عَلَىʿalāon
  11. ٱلْمَرِيضِl-marīḍithe sick
  12. حَرَجٌۭḥarajunany blame
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  15. أَنفُسِكُمْanfusikumyourselves
  16. أَنanthat
  17. تَأْكُلُوا۟takulūyou eat
  18. مِنۢminfrom
  19. بُيُوتِكُمْbuyūtikumyour houses
  20. أَوْawor
  21. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  22. ءَابَآئِكُمْābāikum(of) your fathers
  23. أَوْawor
  24. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  25. أُمَّهَـٰتِكُمْummahātikum(of) your mothers
  26. أَوْawor
  27. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  28. إِخْوَٰنِكُمْikh'wānikum(of) your brothers
  29. أَوْawor
  30. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  31. أَخَوَٰتِكُمْakhawātikum(of) your sisters
  32. أَوْawor
  33. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  34. أَعْمَـٰمِكُمْaʿmāmikum(of) your paternal uncles
  35. أَوْawor
  36. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  37. عَمَّـٰتِكُمْʿammātikum(of) your paternal aunts
  38. أَوْawor
  39. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  40. أَخْوَٰلِكُمْakhwālikum(of) your maternal uncles
  41. أَوْawor
  42. بُيُوتِbuyūtihouses
  43. خَـٰلَـٰتِكُمْkhālātikum(of) your maternal aunts
  44. أَوْawor
  45. مَاmāwhat
  46. مَلَكْتُمmalaktumyou possess
  47. مَّفَاتِحَهُۥٓmafātiḥahuits keys
  48. أَوْawor
  49. صَدِيقِكُمْ ۚṣadīqikumyour friend
  50. لَيْسَlaysaNot is
  51. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumon you
  52. جُنَاحٌjunāḥunany blame
  53. أَنanthat
  54. تَأْكُلُوا۟takulūyou eat
  55. جَمِيعًاjamīʿantogether
  56. أَوْawor
  57. أَشْتَاتًۭا ۚashtātanseparately
  58. فَإِذَاfa-idhāBut when
  59. دَخَلْتُمdakhaltumyou enter
  60. بُيُوتًۭاbuyūtanhouses
  61. فَسَلِّمُوا۟fasallimūthen greet
  62. عَلَىٰٓʿalā[on]
  63. أَنفُسِكُمْanfusikumyourselves
  64. تَحِيَّةًۭtaḥiyyatana greeting
  65. مِّنْminfrom
  66. عِندِʿindifrom
  67. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  68. مُبَـٰرَكَةًۭmubārakatanblessed
  69. طَيِّبَةًۭ ۚṭayyibatan(and) good
  70. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  71. يُبَيِّنُyubayyinuAllah makes clear
  72. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah makes clear
  73. لَكُمُlakumufor you
  74. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe Verses
  75. لَعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  76. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnaunderstand

Verse 62

إِنَّمَا ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ وَإِذَا كَانُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ عَلَىٰٓ أَمْرٍ جَامِعٍ لَّمْ يَذْهَبُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَسْتَـْٔذِنُوهُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْتَـْٔذِنُونَكَ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِۦ ۚ فَإِذَا ٱسْتَـْٔذَنُوكَ لِبَعْضِ شَأْنِهِمْ فَأْذَن لِّمَن شِئْتَ مِنْهُمْ وَٱسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمُ ٱللَّهَ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration innamā l-mu'minūna alladhīna āmanū bil-lahi warasūlihi wa-idhā kānū maʿahu ʿalā amrin jāmiʿin lam yadhhabū ḥattā yastadhinūhu inna alladhīna yastadhinūnaka ulāika alladhīna yu'minūna bil-lahi warasūlihi fa-idhā is'tadhanūka libaʿḍi shanihim fadhan liman shi'ta min'hum wa-is'taghfir lahumu l-laha inna l-laha ghafūrun raḥīmun

English The believers are only those who believe in Allāh and His Messenger and, when they are [meeting] with him for a matter of common interest, do not depart until they have asked his permission. Indeed, those who ask your permission, [O Muḥammad] - those are the ones who believe in Allāh and His Messenger. So when they ask your permission due to something of their affairs, then give permission to whom you will among them and ask forgiveness for them of Allāh. Indeed, Allāh is Forgiving and Merciful.

  1. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  2. ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَl-mu'minūnathe believers
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) those who
  4. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  5. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  6. وَرَسُولِهِۦwarasūlihiand His Messenger
  7. وَإِذَاwa-idhāand when
  8. كَانُوا۟kānūthey are
  9. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  10. عَلَىٰٓʿalāfor
  11. أَمْرٍۢamrina matter
  12. جَامِعٍۢjāmiʿin(of) collective action
  13. لَّمْlamnot
  14. يَذْهَبُوا۟yadhhabūthey go
  15. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  16. يَسْتَـْٔذِنُوهُ ۚyastadhinūhuthey (have) asked his permission
  17. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  18. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  19. يَسْتَـْٔذِنُونَكَyastadhinūnakaask your permission
  20. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  21. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna[those who]
  22. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  23. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  24. وَرَسُولِهِۦ ۚwarasūlihiand His Messenger
  25. فَإِذَاfa-idhāSo when
  26. ٱسْتَـْٔذَنُوكَis'tadhanūkathey ask your permission
  27. لِبَعْضِlibaʿḍifor some
  28. شَأْنِهِمْshanihimaffair of theirs
  29. فَأْذَنfadhanthen give permission
  30. لِّمَنlimanto whom
  31. شِئْتَshi'tayou will
  32. مِنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  33. وَٱسْتَغْفِرْwa-is'taghfirand ask forgiveness
  34. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  35. ٱللَّهَ ۚl-laha(of) Allah
  36. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  37. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  38. غَفُورٌۭghafūrun(is) Oft-Forgiving
  39. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 63

لَّا تَجْعَلُوا۟ دُعَآءَ ٱلرَّسُولِ بَيْنَكُمْ كَدُعَآءِ بَعْضِكُم بَعْضًا ۚ قَدْ يَعْلَمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَسَلَّلُونَ مِنكُمْ لِوَاذًا ۚ فَلْيَحْذَرِ ٱلَّذِينَ يُخَالِفُونَ عَنْ أَمْرِهِۦٓ أَن تُصِيبَهُمْ فِتْنَةٌ أَوْ يُصِيبَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration lā tajʿalū duʿāa l-rasūli baynakum kaduʿāi baʿḍikum baʿḍan qad yaʿlamu l-lahu alladhīna yatasallalūna minkum liwādhan falyaḥdhari alladhīna yukhālifūna ʿan amrihi an tuṣībahum fit'natun aw yuṣībahum ʿadhābun alīmun

English Do not make [your] calling of the Messenger among yourselves as the call of one of you to another. Already Allāh knows those of you who slip away, concealed by others. So let those beware who dissent from his [i.e., the Prophet's] order, lest fitnah strike them or a painful punishment.

  1. لَّاlā(Do) not
  2. تَجْعَلُوا۟tajʿalūmake
  3. دُعَآءَduʿāa(the) calling
  4. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūli(of) the Messenger
  5. بَيْنَكُمْbaynakumamong you
  6. كَدُعَآءِkaduʿāias (the) call
  7. بَعْضِكُمbaʿḍikum(of) some of you
  8. بَعْضًۭا ۚbaʿḍan(to) others
  9. قَدْqadVerily
  10. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuAllah knows
  11. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah knows
  12. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  13. يَتَسَلَّلُونَyatasallalūnaslip away
  14. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  15. لِوَاذًۭا ۚliwādhanunder shelter
  16. فَلْيَحْذَرِfalyaḥdhariSo let beware
  17. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  18. يُخَالِفُونَyukhālifūnaoppose
  19. عَنْʿan[from]
  20. أَمْرِهِۦٓamrihihis orders
  21. أَنanlest
  22. تُصِيبَهُمْtuṣībahumbefalls them
  23. فِتْنَةٌfit'natuna trial
  24. أَوْawor
  25. يُصِيبَهُمْyuṣībahumbefalls them
  26. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  27. أَلِيمٌalīmunpainful

Verse 64

أَلَآ إِنَّ لِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ قَدْ يَعْلَمُ مَآ أَنتُمْ عَلَيْهِ وَيَوْمَ يُرْجَعُونَ إِلَيْهِ فَيُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا عَمِلُوا۟ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌۢ

Transliteration alā inna lillahi mā fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi qad yaʿlamu mā antum ʿalayhi wayawma yur'jaʿūna ilayhi fayunabbi-uhum bimā ʿamilū wal-lahu bikulli shayin ʿalīmun

English Unquestionably, to Allāh belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth. Already He knows that upon which you [stand] and [knows] the Day when they will be returned to Him and He will inform them of what they have done. And Allāh is Knowing of all things.

  1. أَلَآalāNo doubt
  2. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  3. لِلَّهِlillahito Allah (belongs)
  4. مَاmāwhatever
  5. فِىfī(is) in
  6. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  7. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖwal-arḍiand the earth
  8. قَدْqadVerily
  9. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuHe knows
  10. مَآmāwhat
  11. أَنتُمْantumyou
  12. عَلَيْهِʿalayhi(are) on [it]
  13. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  14. يُرْجَعُونَyur'jaʿūnathey will be returned
  15. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  16. فَيُنَبِّئُهُمfayunabbi-uhumthen He will inform them
  17. بِمَاbimāof what
  18. عَمِلُوا۟ ۗʿamilūthey did
  19. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  20. بِكُلِّbikulliof every
  21. شَىْءٍshayinthing
  22. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is) All-Knower

Surah Al-Furqan الفرقان verses 1–20

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

تَبَارَكَ ٱلَّذِى نَزَّلَ ٱلْفُرْقَانَ عَلَىٰ عَبْدِهِۦ لِيَكُونَ لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَ نَذِيرًا

Transliteration tabāraka alladhī nazzala l-fur'qāna ʿalā ʿabdihi liyakūna lil'ʿālamīna nadhīran

English Blessed is He who sent down the Criterion upon His Servant that he may be to the worlds a warner -

  1. تَبَارَكَtabārakaBlessed is He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīWho
  3. نَزَّلَnazzalasent down
  4. ٱلْفُرْقَانَl-fur'qānathe Criterion
  5. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  6. عَبْدِهِۦʿabdihiHis slave
  7. لِيَكُونَliyakūnathat he may be
  8. لِلْعَـٰلَمِينَlil'ʿālamīnato the worlds
  9. نَذِيرًاnadhīrana warner

Verse 2

ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَمْ يَتَّخِذْ وَلَدًا وَلَمْ يَكُن لَّهُۥ شَرِيكٌ فِى ٱلْمُلْكِ وَخَلَقَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ فَقَدَّرَهُۥ تَقْدِيرًا

Transliteration alladhī lahu mul'ku l-samāwāti wal-arḍi walam yattakhidh waladan walam yakun lahu sharīkun fī l-mul'ki wakhalaqa kulla shayin faqaddarahu taqdīran

English He to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth and who has not taken a son and has not had a partner in dominion and has created each thing and determined it with [precise] determination.

  1. ٱلَّذِىalladhīThe One Who
  2. لَهُۥlahuto Him (belongs)
  3. مُلْكُmul'ku(the) dominion
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  6. وَلَمْwalamand not
  7. يَتَّخِذْyattakhidhHe has taken
  8. وَلَدًۭاwaladana son
  9. وَلَمْwalamand not
  10. يَكُنyakunHe has
  11. لَّهُۥlahufor Him
  12. شَرِيكٌۭsharīkuna partner
  13. فِىfīin
  14. ٱلْمُلْكِl-mul'kithe dominion
  15. وَخَلَقَwakhalaqaand He (has) created
  16. كُلَّkullaevery
  17. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  18. فَقَدَّرَهُۥfaqaddarahuand determined it
  19. تَقْدِيرًۭاtaqdīran(with) determination

Verse 3

وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ ءَالِهَةً لَّا يَخْلُقُونَ شَيْـًٔا وَهُمْ يُخْلَقُونَ وَلَا يَمْلِكُونَ لِأَنفُسِهِمْ ضَرًّا وَلَا نَفْعًا وَلَا يَمْلِكُونَ مَوْتًا وَلَا حَيَوٰةً وَلَا نُشُورًا

Transliteration wa-ittakhadhū min dūnihi ālihatan lā yakhluqūna shayan wahum yukh'laqūna walā yamlikūna li-anfusihim ḍarran walā nafʿan walā yamlikūna mawtan walā ḥayatan walā nushūran

English But they have taken besides Him gods which create nothing, while they are created, and possess not for themselves any harm or benefit and possess not [power to cause] death or life or resurrection.

  1. وَٱتَّخَذُوا۟wa-ittakhadhūYet they have taken
  2. مِنminbesides Him
  3. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  4. ءَالِهَةًۭālihatangods
  5. لَّاlānot
  6. يَخْلُقُونَyakhluqūnathey create
  7. شَيْـًۭٔاshayananything
  8. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  9. يُخْلَقُونَyukh'laqūnaare created
  10. وَلَاwalāand not
  11. يَمْلِكُونَyamlikūnathey possess
  12. لِأَنفُسِهِمْli-anfusihimfor themselves
  13. ضَرًّۭاḍarranany harm
  14. وَلَاwalāand not
  15. نَفْعًۭاnafʿanany benefit
  16. وَلَاwalāand not
  17. يَمْلِكُونَyamlikūnathey control
  18. مَوْتًۭاmawtandeath
  19. وَلَاwalāand not
  20. حَيَوٰةًۭḥayatanlife
  21. وَلَاwalāand not
  22. نُشُورًۭاnushūranresurrection

Verse 4

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّآ إِفْكٌ ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ وَأَعَانَهُۥ عَلَيْهِ قَوْمٌ ءَاخَرُونَ ۖ فَقَدْ جَآءُو ظُلْمًا وَزُورًا

Transliteration waqāla alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā if'kun if'tarāhu wa-aʿānahu ʿalayhi qawmun ākharūna faqad jāū ẓul'man wazūran

English And those who disbelieve say, "This [Qur’ān] is not except a falsehood he invented, and another people assisted him in it." But they have committed an injustice and a lie.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd say
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieve
  4. إِنْinNot
  5. هَـٰذَآhādhāthis
  6. إِلَّآillā(is) but
  7. إِفْكٌif'kuna lie
  8. ٱفْتَرَىٰهُif'tarāhuhe invented it
  9. وَأَعَانَهُۥwa-aʿānahuand helped him
  10. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiat it
  11. قَوْمٌqawmunpeople
  12. ءَاخَرُونَ ۖākharūnaother
  13. فَقَدْfaqadBut verily
  14. جَآءُوjāūthey (have) produced
  15. ظُلْمًۭاẓul'manan injustice
  16. وَزُورًۭاwazūranand a lie

Verse 5

وَقَالُوٓا۟ أَسَـٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ ٱكْتَتَبَهَا فَهِىَ تُمْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلًا

Transliteration waqālū asāṭīru l-awalīna ik'tatabahā fahiya tum'lā ʿalayhi buk'ratan wa-aṣīlan

English And they say, "Legends of the former peoples which he has written down, and they are dictated to him morning and afternoon."

  1. وَقَالُوٓا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. أَسَـٰطِيرُasāṭīruTales
  3. ٱلْأَوَّلِينَl-awalīna(of) the former people
  4. ٱكْتَتَبَهَاik'tatabahāwhich he has had written
  5. فَهِىَfahiyaand they
  6. تُمْلَىٰtum'lāare dictated
  7. عَلَيْهِʿalayhito him
  8. بُكْرَةًۭbuk'ratanmorning
  9. وَأَصِيلًۭاwa-aṣīlanand evening

Verse 6

قُلْ أَنزَلَهُ ٱلَّذِى يَعْلَمُ ٱلسِّرَّ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ كَانَ غَفُورًا رَّحِيمًا

Transliteration qul anzalahu alladhī yaʿlamu l-sira fī l-samāwāti wal-arḍi innahu kāna ghafūran raḥīman

English Say, [O Muḥammad], "It has been revealed by He who knows [every] secret within the heavens and the earth. Indeed, He is ever Forgiving and Merciful."

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَنزَلَهُanzalahuHas sent it down
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  4. يَعْلَمُyaʿlamuknows
  5. ٱلسِّرَّl-sirathe secret
  6. فِىfīin
  7. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  8. وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚwal-arḍiand the earth
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  10. كَانَkānais
  11. غَفُورًۭاghafūranOft-Forgiving
  12. رَّحِيمًۭاraḥīmanMost Merciful

Verse 7

وَقَالُوا۟ مَالِ هَـٰذَا ٱلرَّسُولِ يَأْكُلُ ٱلطَّعَامَ وَيَمْشِى فِى ٱلْأَسْوَاقِ ۙ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِ مَلَكٌ فَيَكُونَ مَعَهُۥ نَذِيرًا

Transliteration waqālū māli hādhā l-rasūli yakulu l-ṭaʿāma wayamshī fī l-aswāqi lawlā unzila ilayhi malakun fayakūna maʿahu nadhīran

English And they say, "What is this messenger that eats food and walks in the markets? Why was there not sent down to him an angel so he would be with him a warner?

  1. وَقَالُوا۟waqālūAnd they say
  2. مَالِmāliWhy does
  3. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  4. ٱلرَّسُولِl-rasūliMessenger
  5. يَأْكُلُyakulueat
  6. ٱلطَّعَامَl-ṭaʿāma[the] food
  7. وَيَمْشِىwayamshīand walk
  8. فِىfīin
  9. ٱلْأَسْوَاقِ ۙl-aswāqithe markets
  10. لَوْلَآlawlāWhy not
  11. أُنزِلَunzilais sent down
  12. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  13. مَلَكٌۭmalakunan Angel
  14. فَيَكُونَfayakūnathen he be
  15. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  16. نَذِيرًاnadhīrana warner

Verse 8

أَوْ يُلْقَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ كَنزٌ أَوْ تَكُونُ لَهُۥ جَنَّةٌ يَأْكُلُ مِنْهَا ۚ وَقَالَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا رَجُلًا مَّسْحُورًا

Transliteration aw yul'qā ilayhi kanzun aw takūnu lahu jannatun yakulu min'hā waqāla l-ẓālimūna in tattabiʿūna illā rajulan masḥūran

English Or [why is not] a treasure presented to him [from heaven], or does he [not] have a garden from which he eats?" And the wrongdoers say, "You follow not but a man affected by magic."

  1. أَوْawOr
  2. يُلْقَىٰٓyul'qāis delivered
  3. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  4. كَنزٌkanzuna treasure
  5. أَوْawor
  6. تَكُونُtakūnuis
  7. لَهُۥlahufor him
  8. جَنَّةٌۭjannatuna garden
  9. يَأْكُلُyakuluhe may eat
  10. مِنْهَا ۚmin'hāfrom it
  11. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd say
  12. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers
  13. إِنinNot
  14. تَتَّبِعُونَtattabiʿūnayou follow
  15. إِلَّاillābut
  16. رَجُلًۭاrajulana man
  17. مَّسْحُورًاmasḥūranbewitched

Verse 9

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ ضَرَبُوا۟ لَكَ ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَ فَضَلُّوا۟ فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ سَبِيلًا

Transliteration unẓur kayfa ḍarabū laka l-amthāla faḍallū falā yastaṭīʿūna sabīlan

English Look how they strike for you comparisons; but they have strayed, so they cannot [find] a way.

  1. ٱنظُرْunẓurSee
  2. كَيْفَkayfahow
  3. ضَرَبُوا۟ḍarabūthey set forth
  4. لَكَlakafor you
  5. ٱلْأَمْثَـٰلَl-amthālathe similitudes
  6. فَضَلُّوا۟faḍallūbut they have gone astray
  7. فَلَاfalāso not
  8. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnathey are able (to find)
  9. سَبِيلًۭاsabīlana way

Verse 10

تَبَارَكَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِن شَآءَ جَعَلَ لَكَ خَيْرًا مِّن ذَٰلِكَ جَنَّـٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُ وَيَجْعَل لَّكَ قُصُورًۢا

Transliteration tabāraka alladhī in shāa jaʿala laka khayran min dhālika jannātin tajrī min taḥtihā l-anhāru wayajʿal laka quṣūran

English Blessed is He who, if He willed, could have made for you [something] better than that - gardens beneath which rivers flow - and could make for you palaces.

  1. تَبَارَكَtabārakaBlessed is He
  2. ٱلَّذِىٓalladhīWho
  3. إِنinif
  4. شَآءَshāaHe willed
  5. جَعَلَjaʿala(could have) made
  6. لَكَlakafor you
  7. خَيْرًۭاkhayranbetter
  8. مِّنminthan
  9. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  10. جَنَّـٰتٍۢjannātingardens
  11. تَجْرِىtajrīflow
  12. مِنminfrom
  13. تَحْتِهَاtaḥtihāunderneath it
  14. ٱلْأَنْهَـٰرُl-anhāruthe rivers
  15. وَيَجْعَلwayajʿaland He (could) make
  16. لَّكَlakafor you
  17. قُصُورًۢاquṣūranpalaces

Verse 11

بَلْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلسَّاعَةِ ۖ وَأَعْتَدْنَا لِمَن كَذَّبَ بِٱلسَّاعَةِ سَعِيرًا

Transliteration bal kadhabū bil-sāʿati wa-aʿtadnā liman kadhaba bil-sāʿati saʿīran

English But they have denied the Hour, and We have prepared for those who deny the Hour a Blaze.

  1. بَلْbalNay
  2. كَذَّبُوا۟kadhabūthey deny
  3. بِٱلسَّاعَةِ ۖbil-sāʿatithe Hour
  4. وَأَعْتَدْنَاwa-aʿtadnāand We have prepared
  5. لِمَنlimanfor (those) who
  6. كَذَّبَkadhabadeny
  7. بِٱلسَّاعَةِbil-sāʿatithe Hour
  8. سَعِيرًاsaʿīrana Blazing Fire

Verse 12

إِذَا رَأَتْهُم مِّن مَّكَانٍۭ بَعِيدٍ سَمِعُوا۟ لَهَا تَغَيُّظًا وَزَفِيرًا

Transliteration idhā ra-athum min makānin baʿīdin samiʿū lahā taghayyuẓan wazafīran

English When it [i.e., the Hellfire] sees them from a distant place, they will hear its fury and roaring.

  1. إِذَاidhāWhen
  2. رَأَتْهُمra-athumit sees them
  3. مِّنminfrom
  4. مَّكَانٍۭmakānina place
  5. بَعِيدٍۢbaʿīdinfar
  6. سَمِعُوا۟samiʿūthey will hear
  7. لَهَاlahāits
  8. تَغَيُّظًۭاtaghayyuẓanraging
  9. وَزَفِيرًۭاwazafīranand roaring

Verse 13

وَإِذَآ أُلْقُوا۟ مِنْهَا مَكَانًا ضَيِّقًا مُّقَرَّنِينَ دَعَوْا۟ هُنَالِكَ ثُبُورًا

Transliteration wa-idhā ul'qū min'hā makānan ḍayyiqan muqarranīna daʿaw hunālika thubūran

English And when they are thrown into a narrow place therein bound in chains, they will cry out thereupon for destruction.

  1. وَإِذَآwa-idhāAnd when
  2. أُلْقُوا۟ul'qūthey are thrown
  3. مِنْهَاmin'hāthereof
  4. مَكَانًۭاmakānan(in) a place
  5. ضَيِّقًۭاḍayyiqannarrow
  6. مُّقَرَّنِينَmuqarranīnabound in chains
  7. دَعَوْا۟daʿawthey will call
  8. هُنَالِكَhunālikathere
  9. ثُبُورًۭاthubūran(for) destruction

Verse 14

لَّا تَدْعُوا۟ ٱلْيَوْمَ ثُبُورًا وَٰحِدًا وَٱدْعُوا۟ ثُبُورًا كَثِيرًا

Transliteration lā tadʿū l-yawma thubūran wāḥidan wa-id'ʿū thubūran kathīran

English [They will be told], "Do not cry this Day for one destruction but cry for much destruction."

  1. لَّاlā(Do) not
  2. تَدْعُوا۟tadʿūcall
  3. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmathis day
  4. ثُبُورًۭاthubūran(for) destruction
  5. وَٰحِدًۭاwāḥidanone
  6. وَٱدْعُوا۟wa-id'ʿūbut call
  7. ثُبُورًۭاthubūran(for) destructions
  8. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmany

Verse 15

قُلْ أَذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ أَمْ جَنَّةُ ٱلْخُلْدِ ٱلَّتِى وُعِدَ ٱلْمُتَّقُونَ ۚ كَانَتْ لَهُمْ جَزَآءً وَمَصِيرًا

Transliteration qul adhālika khayrun am jannatu l-khul'di allatī wuʿida l-mutaqūna kānat lahum jazāan wamaṣīran

English Say, "Is that better or the Garden of Eternity which is promised to the righteous? It will be for them a reward and destination.

  1. قُلْqulSay
  2. أَذَٰلِكَadhālikaIs that
  3. خَيْرٌkhayrunbetter
  4. أَمْamor
  5. جَنَّةُjannatuGarden
  6. ٱلْخُلْدِl-khul'di(of) Eternity
  7. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  8. وُعِدَwuʿidais promised
  9. ٱلْمُتَّقُونَ ۚl-mutaqūna(to) the righteous
  10. كَانَتْkānatIt will be
  11. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  12. جَزَآءًۭjazāana reward
  13. وَمَصِيرًۭاwamaṣīranand destination

Verse 16

لَّهُمْ فِيهَا مَا يَشَآءُونَ خَـٰلِدِينَ ۚ كَانَ عَلَىٰ رَبِّكَ وَعْدًا مَّسْـُٔولًا

Transliteration lahum fīhā mā yashāūna khālidīna kāna ʿalā rabbika waʿdan masūlan

English For them therein is whatever they wish, [while] abiding eternally. It is ever upon your Lord a promise [worthy to be] requested.

  1. لَّهُمْlahumFor them
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. مَاmā(is) whatever
  4. يَشَآءُونَyashāūnathey wish
  5. خَـٰلِدِينَ ۚkhālidīnathey will abide forever
  6. كَانَkānaIt is
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  8. رَبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  9. وَعْدًۭاwaʿdana promise
  10. مَّسْـُٔولًۭاmasūlanrequested

Verse 17

وَيَوْمَ يَحْشُرُهُمْ وَمَا يَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَقُولُ ءَأَنتُمْ أَضْلَلْتُمْ عِبَادِى هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَمْ هُمْ ضَلُّوا۟ ٱلسَّبِيلَ

Transliteration wayawma yaḥshuruhum wamā yaʿbudūna min dūni l-lahi fayaqūlu a-antum aḍlaltum ʿibādī hāulāi am hum ḍallū l-sabīla

English And [mention] the Day He will gather them and that which they worship besides Allāh and will say, "Did you mislead these, My servants, or did they [themselves] stray from the way?"

  1. وَيَوْمَwayawmaAnd (the) Day
  2. يَحْشُرُهُمْyaḥshuruhumHe will gather them
  3. وَمَاwamāand what
  4. يَعْبُدُونَyaʿbudūnathey worship
  5. مِنminbesides Allah
  6. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  8. فَيَقُولُfayaqūluand He will say
  9. ءَأَنتُمْa-antumDid you
  10. أَضْلَلْتُمْaḍlaltum[you] mislead
  11. عِبَادِىʿibādīMy slaves
  12. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāithese
  13. أَمْamor
  14. هُمْhumthey
  15. ضَلُّوا۟ḍallūwent astray
  16. ٱلسَّبِيلَl-sabīla(from) the way

Verse 18

قَالُوا۟ سُبْحَـٰنَكَ مَا كَانَ يَنۢبَغِى لَنَآ أَن نَّتَّخِذَ مِن دُونِكَ مِنْ أَوْلِيَآءَ وَلَـٰكِن مَّتَّعْتَهُمْ وَءَابَآءَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ نَسُوا۟ ٱلذِّكْرَ وَكَانُوا۟ قَوْمًۢا بُورًا

Transliteration qālū sub'ḥānaka mā kāna yanbaghī lanā an nattakhidha min dūnika min awliyāa walākin mattaʿtahum waābāahum ḥattā nasū l-dhik'ra wakānū qawman būran

English They will say, "Exalted are You! It was not for us to take besides You any allies [i.e., protectors]. But You provided comforts for them and their fathers until they forgot the message and became a people ruined."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey say
  2. سُبْحَـٰنَكَsub'ḥānakaGlory be to You
  3. مَاmāNot
  4. كَانَkānait was proper
  5. يَنۢبَغِىyanbaghīit was proper
  6. لَنَآlanāfor us
  7. أَنanthat
  8. نَّتَّخِذَnattakhidhawe take
  9. مِنminbesides You
  10. دُونِكَdūnikabesides You
  11. مِنْminany
  12. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotectors
  13. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinBut
  14. مَّتَّعْتَهُمْmattaʿtahumYou gave them comforts
  15. وَءَابَآءَهُمْwaābāahumand their forefathers
  16. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  17. نَسُوا۟nasūthey forgot
  18. ٱلذِّكْرَl-dhik'rathe Message
  19. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand became
  20. قَوْمًۢاqawmana people
  21. بُورًۭاbūranruined

Verse 19

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوكُم بِمَا تَقُولُونَ فَمَا تَسْتَطِيعُونَ صَرْفًا وَلَا نَصْرًا ۚ وَمَن يَظْلِم مِّنكُمْ نُذِقْهُ عَذَابًا كَبِيرًا

Transliteration faqad kadhabūkum bimā taqūlūna famā tastaṭīʿūna ṣarfan walā naṣran waman yaẓlim minkum nudhiq'hu ʿadhāban kabīran

English So they will deny you, [disbelievers], in what you say, and you cannot avert [punishment] or [find] help. And whoever commits injustice among you - We will make him taste a great punishment.

  1. فَقَدْfaqadSo verily
  2. كَذَّبُوكُمkadhabūkumthey deny you
  3. بِمَاbimāin what
  4. تَقُولُونَtaqūlūnayou say
  5. فَمَاfamāso not
  6. تَسْتَطِيعُونَtastaṭīʿūnayou are able
  7. صَرْفًۭاṣarfan(to) avert
  8. وَلَاwalāand not
  9. نَصْرًۭا ۚnaṣran(to) help
  10. وَمَنwamanAnd whoever
  11. يَظْلِمyaẓlimdoes wrong
  12. مِّنكُمْminkumamong you
  13. نُذِقْهُnudhiq'huWe will make him taste
  14. عَذَابًۭاʿadhābana punishment
  15. كَبِيرًۭاkabīrangreat

Verse 20

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا قَبْلَكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّآ إِنَّهُمْ لَيَأْكُلُونَ ٱلطَّعَامَ وَيَمْشُونَ فِى ٱلْأَسْوَاقِ ۗ وَجَعَلْنَا بَعْضَكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ فِتْنَةً أَتَصْبِرُونَ ۗ وَكَانَ رَبُّكَ بَصِيرًا

Transliteration wamā arsalnā qablaka mina l-mur'salīna illā innahum layakulūna l-ṭaʿāma wayamshūna fī l-aswāqi wajaʿalnā baʿḍakum libaʿḍin fit'natan ataṣbirūna wakāna rabbuka baṣīran

English And We did not send before you, [O Muḥammad], any of the messengers except that they ate food and walked in the markets. And We have made some of you [people] as trial for others - will you have patience? And ever is your Lord, Seeing.

  1. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. قَبْلَكَqablakabefore you
  4. مِنَminaany
  5. ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَl-mur'salīnaMessengers
  6. إِلَّآillābut
  7. إِنَّهُمْinnahumindeed, they
  8. لَيَأْكُلُونَlayakulūna[surely] ate
  9. ٱلطَّعَامَl-ṭaʿāmafood
  10. وَيَمْشُونَwayamshūnaand walked
  11. فِىfīin
  12. ٱلْأَسْوَاقِ ۗl-aswāqithe markets
  13. وَجَعَلْنَاwajaʿalnāAnd We have made
  14. بَعْضَكُمْbaʿḍakumsome of you
  15. لِبَعْضٍۢlibaʿḍinfor others
  16. فِتْنَةًfit'natana trial
  17. أَتَصْبِرُونَ ۗataṣbirūnawill you have patience
  18. وَكَانَwakānaAnd is
  19. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  20. بَصِيرًۭاbaṣīranAll-Seer

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.